Quarterlytics / Healthcare / Medical - Distribution / McKesson

McKesson

mck · NYSE Healthcare
Claim this profile
Ticker mck
Exchange NYSE
Sector Healthcare
Industry Medical - Distribution
Employees 10,000+
← All annual reports
FY2003 Annual Report · McKesson
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION 
Washington, D.C. 20549 
______________ 
FORM 10-K 

⌧  ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE 
ACT OF 1934 

For the fiscal year ended March 31, 2003 

OR 

(cid:133)  TRANSITION  REPORT  PURSUANT  TO  SECTION  13  OR  15(d)  OF  THE  SECURITIES 
EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 

Commission File Number 1-13252 
______________ 
McKESSON CORPORATION 
A Delaware Corporation 

I.R.S. Employer Identification Number 
94-3207296 

McKesson Plaza 
One Post Street, San Francisco, CA 94104 
Telephone (415) 983-8300 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act: 

(Title of Each Class) 
Common Stock, $0.01 par value 

Preferred Stock Purchase Rights 

(Name of Each Exchange on Which Registered) 
New York Stock Exchange 
Pacific Exchange, Inc. 
New York Stock Exchange 
Pacific Exchange, Inc. 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None. 

Indicate  by  check  mark  whether  the  Registrant  (1)  has  filed  all  reports  required  to  be  filed  by  Section  13  or 
15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the 
Registrant  was  required  to  file  such  reports),  and  (2)  has been  subject  to  such  filing  requirements  for  the  past  90 
days.  Yes  ⌧     No  (cid:133) 

Indicate  by  check  mark  if  disclosure  of  delinquent  filers  pursuant  to  Item  405  of  Regulation  S-K  is  not 
contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of Registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information 
statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. (cid:133) 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is an accelerated filer.   Yes  ⌧     No  (cid:133) 

The aggregate market value of the voting stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant, computed by reference to 
the  closing  price  as  of  the  last  business  day  of  the  registrant’s  most  recently  completed  second  fiscal  quarter, 
September 2002, was approximately $8,203,245,735. 

Number of shares of common stock outstanding on May 30, 2003: 289,526,926 

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE 

Portions of the Registrant’s Proxy Statement for its Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be held on July 30, 2003 

are incorporated by reference into Part III of this report. 

1

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

TABLE OF CONTENTS 

Item 

1. 

2. 

3. 

4. 

5. 

6. 

7. 

PART I 

Business...........................................................................................................................................  

Properties.........................................................................................................................................  

Legal Proceedings ...........................................................................................................................  

Page 

3 

8 

8 

Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders .....................................................................  

16 

Executive Officers of the Registrant ...............................................................................................  

16 

PART II 

Market for the Registrant’s Common Stock and Related Stockholder Matters ................................  

17 

Selected Financial Data ....................................................................................................................  

17 

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Results of Operations and Financial Condition  ..........  

17 

7A. 

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk..........................................................  

17 

8. 

9. 

Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.................................................................................  

18 

Changes In and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure ...........  

18 

PART III 

10. 

Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrant ..........................................................................  

18 

11. 

Executive Compensation ..................................................................................................................  

18 

12. 

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder 
Matters..............................................................................................................................................  

18 

13. 

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions...............................................................................  

21 

14. 

Controls and Procedures ...................................................................................................................  

21 

PART IV 

15. 

Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules and Reports on Form 8-K ................................................  

22 

Signatures .........................................................................................................................................  

23 

Certifications ....................................................................................................................................  

24 

2

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

PART I 

Item 1. 

Business 

General 

McKesson Corporation (“McKesson,” the “Company,” the “Registrant,” or “we” and other similar pronouns), is 
a  Fortune  20  corporation  providing  supply,  information  and  care  management  products  and  services  designed  to 
reduce costs and improve quality across the healthcare industry. 

The Company’s fiscal year begins on April 1 and ends on March 31.  Unless otherwise noted, all references in 

this document to a particular year shall mean the Company’s fiscal year. 

Our  Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K,  Quarterly  Reports  on  Form  10-Q,  Current  Reports  on  Form  8-K  and 
amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 
1934  are  available  via  our  website  (www.mckesson.com  under  the  “Investors  –  SEC  Filings”  caption)  as  soon  as 
reasonably practicable after we electronically file such material with, or furnish it to, the Securities and Exchange 
Commission (“SEC” or the “Commission”). 

Business Segments 

We  conduct  our  business  through  three  segments.    Through  our  Pharmaceutical  Solutions  segment,  we  are  a 
leading distributor of ethical and proprietary drugs, and health and beauty care products throughout North America.  
We are also a leading provider of patient and payor services in the United States.  Our Medical-Surgical Solutions 
segment distributes medical-surgical supplies and equipment, and provides logistics and related services within the 
United States.  Our Information Solutions segment delivers enterprise-wide patient care, clinical, financial, supply 
chain,  managed  care  and  strategic  management  software  solutions,  as  well  as  outsourcing  and  other  services,  to 
healthcare  organizations  throughout  North  America,  certain  European  countries  and  the  United  Kingdom.    The 
Company’s  strategy  is  to  create  strong,  value-based  relationships  with  customers,  enabling  us  to  sell  additional 
products and services to these customers over time.   

Net revenues for our segments for the last three years were as follows: 

(Dollars in billions) 
Pharmaceutical Solutions 
Medical-Surgical Solutions 
Information Solutions 
Total 

Pharmaceutical Solutions 

2003 

2002 

2001 

  $ 53.2 
    2.8 
    1.1 
  $ 57.1 

93% 
5 
2 
100% 

$ 46.3 
    2.7 
    1.0 
$ 50.0  100% 

93% 
5 
2 

  $  38.4 
2.7 
0.9 
  $  42.0  100% 

92% 
6 
2 

Our  Pharmaceutical  Solutions  segment  consists  of  the  following  businesses:  Pharmaceutical  Distribution, 
Automation, Health Solutions, Zee® Medical and McKesson Canada Corporation.  We also have a 22% interest in 
Nadro, S.A. de C.V. (“Nadro”).   

U.S. Pharmaceutical Distribution.  Supplies pharmaceuticals and other healthcare related products to more than 
40,000  customers  in  three  primary  customer  segments:  national  and  regional  retail  chains,  institutional  providers, 
and retail independent pharmacies.  These three customer groups represented approximately 39%, 40%, and 21% of 
U.S. Pharmaceutical Distribution’s revenues in 2003.   

The U.S. Pharmaceutical Distribution business operates through a network of 30 distribution centers, as well as 
a  master  distribution  center  and  a  repackaging  facility,  serving  all  50  states.    We  invest  in  technology  and  other 
systems  at  all  of  our  distribution  centers  to  enhance  safety,  reliability  and  the  best  product  availability  for  our 
customers.    For  example,  in  all  of  our  distribution  centers  we  use  Acumax®  Plus,  a  Smithsonian  award-winning 
technology,  which  integrates  and  tracks  all  internal  functions,  such  as  receiving,  put-away  and  order  fulfillment.  
Acumax® Plus uses bar code technology, wrist-mounted computer hardware, and radio frequency signals to provide 
our  customers  with  industry  leading  order  quality  and  fulfillment  at  up  to  99.9%  accuracy.    Closed  Loop 
DistributionSM, which integrates portable Palm technology with Acumax® Plus to give customers complete ordering 
and  inventory  control,  and  Supply  Management  OnlineSM,  an  Internet-based  ordering,  purchasing,  third-party 

3

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

reconciliation and account management system, help ensure that our customers have the right products at the right 
time for their facilities and patients. 

Our investment in operational excellence also includes Six Sigma – an analytical methodology that emphasizes 
setting high quality objectives, collecting data, and analyzing results to a fine degree in order to improve processes 
to  reduce  costs  and  errors.    Further,  we  are  implementing  enterprise-wide  information  systems  to  help  achieve 
greater consistency and accuracy both internally and for our customers.   

The  U.S.  Pharmaceutical  Distribution  business’  major  value-added  offerings,  by  customer  group,  include  the 

following: 

Retail  Chains  (drug  stores,  food/drug  combination,  mail  order  pharmacies,  and  mass  merchandisers)  -  Business 
solutions that help chains increase revenues: 

•  Rx-PakSM – Bulk repackaging leverages our purchasing power and supplier relationships, offers 

pharmaceuticals at reduced prices, helps increase inventory turns and reduces working capital investment; 

•  Automated Refill Center – Improves pharmacy productivity and reduces costs by managing prescription 

refill volume remotely; 

•  McKesson Managed Inventory – Reduces inventory carrying costs through forecasting integrated with 

automated replenishment technologies; and 

•  Re-Distribution Centers – Two large facilities which offer access to inventory for single source purchasing, 

including pharmaceuticals and biologicals. 

Retail  Independent  Pharmacies  -  Marketing,  merchandising,  operational  efficiencies  and  industry  leadership  that 
help pharmacists focus on patient care while improving profitability: 

•  Valu-Rite® and Health Mart® – Network of independent pharmacies that leverages group branding and 

purchasing power; 

•  McKesson Managed Care/Omnilink® – Saves time and costs through comprehensive managed care and 

reconciliation assistance services; 

•  McKesson OneStop Generics SM – Helps pharmacies maximize their cost savings with a broad selection of 

rebate-eligible generic drugs, lower up-front pricing and one-stop shopping; and 

•  PharmaSim – Profitability analysis tool that helps pharmacists measure and compare results with their local 

and national competitors. 

Institutional  Providers  (hospitals  and  health  systems,  integrated  delivery  networks,  clinics  and  other  acute-care 
facilities, and long-term care providers) - Electronic ordering/purchasing and supply chain management systems that 
help improve efficiencies, save labor and improve capital: 

•  Fulfill-Rx TM – Streamlines pharmacy inventory replenishing, automates inventory re-ordering, and 
optimizes medication cabinet inventory to easily value the pharmacy’s total inventory investment; 

•  Asset Management – Comprehensive program designed to deliver improved inventory management 

controls; and 

•  Medication Management – Complete pharmacy management focused on improving patient outcomes by 

increasing drug safety, developing pharmacy staff, and streamlining administrative processes. 

International Pharmaceutical Distribution.  Consists of McKesson Canada Corporation (formerly Medis Health 
and  Pharmaceutical  Services,  Inc.),  a  wholly-owned  subsidiary,  the  largest  pharmaceutical  distributor  in  Canada.  
We also have a 22% equity interest in Nadro, the leading pharmaceutical distributor in Mexico. 

Automation.    Manufactures  and  markets  automated  pharmacy  systems  and  services  to  hospitals  through  its 
McKesson  Automated  Healthcare  unit  and  to  retail  pharmacies  through  its  McKesson  Automated  Prescription 
Systems unit.  Key products and services include: 

McKesson Automated Healthcare: 

•  ROBOT-Rx™ system, a robotic pharmacy dispensing and utilization tracking system that enables hospitals 

to lower pharmacy costs while significantly improving the accuracy of pharmaceutical dispensing; 

•  AcuDose-Rx™, a unit-based cabinet that automates the storage, dispensing and tracking of commonly used 

drugs in patient areas; 

•  Admin-Rx™, a hand-held device that records, automates, and streamlines drug administration and 

medication information requirements through bar code scanning at the patient’s bedside; 

4

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

•  Fulfill-Rx™, software that streamlines pharmacy inventory replenishment; and 
•  SupplyScanSM, a hand-held device that tracks consumption of medical supplies through bar-code scanning 

at point-of-use. 

McKesson Automated Prescription Systems: 

•  A wide range of pharmaceutical dispensing and productivity products including Baker Cells™ and Baker 

Cassettes™, modular units that provide pharmacists with quick and accurate counting capabilities 
combined with efficient space management; 

•  Autoscript™, a robotic pharmacy dispensing system that enables retail pharmacies to lower pharmacy costs 
through high-volume dispensing while improving accuracy through the use of bar code technology; and 
•  Pharmacy 2000® and Productivity Station™, interactive workstation systems that combine software and 

automation to improve productivity throughout the pharmacy prescription sales process. 

Health Solutions.  Uses our capabilities in pharmaceutical distribution, patient management, and information to 
create  specialty  pharmaceutical  and  medical  management  services  for  biotech  and  pharmaceutical  manufacturers, 
payors,  physicians  and  providers.    This  business  is  focused  on  two  growing  areas  of  healthcare:  medical 
management and specialty pharmaceutical services. 

Medical Management - The following suite of services and software products are marketed to payors, employers and 
government organizations to help manage the cost and quality of care:  

•  Disease management programs to improve overall healthcare of a patient;  
•  Nurse triage services to direct patients to the appropriate level of care;  
•  Clinical and analytical software to support utilization, case and disease management workflow;  
•  Business intelligence tools for measuring, reporting and improving clinical and financial performance; and  
• 

InterQual® Criteria for clinical decision support.  

Specialty  Pharmaceutical  Services  -  This  business’  product-specific  solutions  are  directed  towards  manufacturers, 
payors and physicians to enable delivery and administration of high-cost, often injectable bio-pharmaceutical drugs 
used  to  treat  patients  with  chronic  disease.    The  business  facilitates  patient  and  provider  access  to  specialty 
pharmaceuticals across multiple delivery channels (direct-to-physician wholesale, patient-direct specialty pharmacy 
dispensing, and access to retail pharmacy), provides clinical support and treatment compliance programs that help 
patients stay on complex therapies, and offers reimbursement, data collection and analysis services.    

Zee® Medical.  North America's leading provider of first aid, safety, and training solutions, providing services 
to industrial and commercial customers.  This business offers an extensive line of products and services aimed at 
maximizing  headcount  productivity  and  minimizing  the  liability  and  cost  associated  with  workplace  illnesses  and 
injuries.   

Medical–Surgical Solutions  

Our Medical-Surgical Solutions segment provides medical-surgical supply distribution, equipment, logistics and 
related  services  to  healthcare  providers  that  include  hospitals,  physicians’  offices,  extended  care  facilities,  and 
homecare  sites  through  a  network  of  37  distribution  centers  within  the  U.S.    This  segment  is  the  nation’s  third 
largest distributor of medical-surgical supplies to hospitals (acute care) and is the leading provider of supplies to the 
full  range  of  alternate-site  healthcare  facilities,  including  physicians’  offices,  clinics  and  surgery  centers  (primary 
care), long-term care facilities and homecare sites (extended care).  Supply Management On-LineSM, an electronic 
ordering  system,  provides  an  advanced  way  of  ordering  medical-surgical  products  over  the  Internet,  and  the 
segment’s Optipak® program allows physicians to customize ordering of supplies according to individual surgical 
procedure preferences. 

Information Solutions 

Our  Information  Solutions  segment  provides  a  comprehensive  portfolio  of  software,  support  and  services  to 
help healthcare organizations improve patient safety, reduce the cost and variability of care, and better manage their 
resources and revenue stream.  The Information Solutions segment markets its products and services to integrated 
delivery networks, hospitals, physician group practices, home health providers, managed care providers and payors.  
Approximately  sixty  percent  of  hospital-based  integrated  delivery  networks  in  the  U.S.  use  one  or  more  products 
from  this  segment.    The  segment  also  sells  its  solutions  internationally  through  subsidiaries  and/or  distribution 

5

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

agreements in Canada, the United Kingdom, Ireland, France, Germany, Luxembourg, the Netherlands, Australia and 
New Zealand. 

The  product  portfolio  for  the  Information  Solutions  segment  is  organized  into  three  major  solutions  sets  – 
clinical  management,  revenue  cycle  management  and  resource  management  –  with  a  variety  of  subsets  of  these 
solutions designed to address specific healthcare business issues (e.g., physician access, medication safety, etc.).  To 
ensure that organizations achieve the maximum value for their information technology investment, the Information 
Solutions segment also offers a wide range of services to support the implementation and use of solutions as well as 
assist  with  business  and  clinical  re-design,  process  re-engineering  and  staffing  (both  information  technology  and 
back-office). 

Clinical  management.    The  segment’s  clinical  solutions  are  designed  to  enable  organizations  to  improve 
medication  safety,  accelerate  physician  utilization  of  healthcare  information  technology  and  reduce  variability  in 
healthcare  quality  and  costs.    The  clinical  management  solution  set,  known  as  Horizon  ClinicalsTM,  is  built  using 
architecture  to  facilitate  integration  and  enable  modular  deployment  of  systems.    It  includes  a  clinical  data 
repository,  document  imaging,  medical  imaging,  real-time  decision  support,  point-of-care  nursing  documentation, 
enterprise laboratory and pharmacy, an emergency department solution and an ambulatory medical record.  Horizon 
ClinicalsTM  also  includes  solutions  to  facilitate  physician  access  to  patient  information  such  as  a  Web-based 
physician portal and wireless devices that draw on information from the hospital’s information systems. 

Revenue  cycle  management.    The  segment’s  revenue  cycle  solution  is  designed  to  reduce  days  in  accounts 
receivable, prevent insurance claim denials, reduce costs and improve productivity for our customers.  Examples of 
solutions  include  contract  management,  electronic  claims  processing  and  coding  compliance  checking.    The 
segment’s hospital information systems also play a key role in revenue cycle  management by working with these 
solutions  to  automate  the  operation  of  individual  departments  and  their  respective  functions  within  the  inpatient 
environment.   

Resource  management.    The  segment’s  resource  management  solutions  consist  of  an  integrated  suite  of 
applications that enhance an organization’s ability to forecast and optimize enterprisewide use of resources (labor, 
supplies,  equipment  and  facilities)  associated  with  the  delivery  of  care.    These  solutions  help  automate  and  link 
resource  requirements  to  care  protocols  designed  to  increase  profitability,  enhance  decision-making,  and  improve 
business processes. 

In addition to the product offerings described above, the segment offers a comprehensive range of services to 
help organizations derive greater value from, and enhance satisfaction and return on investment throughout the life 
of the solutions implemented.  The range of services includes: 

Technology Services.  The segment has worked with numerous healthcare organizations to support the smooth 
operation  of  their  information  systems  by  providing  the  technical  infrastructure  designed  to  maximize  application 
accessibility, availability, security and performance. 

Professional  Services.    Professional  services  help  customers  achieve  business  results  from  their  software 
investment.    The  segment  offers  a wide  array  of quality  service options including  consulting  for  business process 
improvement  and  re-design,  as  well  as  implementation,  project  management,  technical,  and  education  services 
relating to all products in the Information Solutions segment.  

Outsourcing Services.  The segment helps organizations focus their resources where needed while the segment 
manages  their  information  technology  or  revenue  cycle  operations  through  outsourcing.    Outsourcing  service 
options include managing hospital data processing operations, as well as strategic information systems planning and 
management,  revenue  cycle  processes,  payroll  processing,  business  office  administration,  and  major  system 
conversions. 

Acquisitions, Investments and Divestitures   

We  have  undertaken  strategic  initiatives  in  recent  years  designed  to  further  focus  on  our  core  healthcare 
businesses  and  enhance  our  competitive  position.   These  initiatives  are detailed  in  Financial  Notes 2 and  3  to  the 
consolidated  financial  statements,  “Acquisitions  and  Investments”  and  “Discontinued  Operations  and  Other 
Divestitures,” appearing in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. 

6

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Competition 

McKESSON CORPORATION 

In  every  area  of  healthcare  distribution  operations,  our  Pharmaceutical  Solutions  and  Medical-Surgical 
Solutions  segments  face  strong  competition,  both  in  price  and  service,  from  national,  regional  and  local  full-line, 
short-line and specialty wholesalers, service merchandisers, self-warehousing chains, and manufacturers engaged in 
direct  distribution.    In  addition,  these  segments  face  competition  from  various  other  service  providers  and  from 
pharmaceutical and other healthcare manufacturers (as well as other potential customers of the segments) which may 
from  time  to  time  decide  to  develop,  for  their  own  internal  needs,  supply  management  capabilities  which  are 
provided  by  the  segments  and  other  competing  service  providers.    Price,  quality  of  service,  and,  in  some  cases, 
convenience to the customer are generally the principal competitive elements in these segments. 

Our  Information  Solutions  segment  experiences  substantial  competition  from  many  firms,  including  other 
computer services firms, consulting firms, shared service vendors, certain hospitals and hospital groups, hardware 
vendors and internet-based companies with technology applicable to the healthcare industry.  Competition varies in 
size  from  small  to  large  companies,  in  geographical  coverage,  and  in  scope  and  breadth  of  products  and  services 
offered. 

Intellectual Property  

The  principal  trademarks  and  service  marks  of  the  Pharmaceutical  Solutions  and  Medical-Surgical  Solutions 
segments  include:  ECONOLINK®,  VALU-RITE®,  Valu-Rite/CareMax®,  OmniLink®,  McKesson  OneStop 
GenericsSM,,  Health  Mart®,  ASK-A-NURSE,  Episode  Profiler,  InterQual,  coSource®,  ROBOT-Rx™, 
AutoscriptTM,  Acumax®  Plus,  AcuDose-Rx™,  AcuScan-Rx™,  Admin-Rx™,  Rx-PakSM,  Pak  Plus-Rx, 
SelfPace,  Baker  Cells™,  Baker  Cassettes™,  Baker  Universal™,  Autoscript™,  Pharmacy  2000™,  Productivity 
Station™, CRMS, Patterns Profiler, CareEnhanceSM, Closed Loop DistributionSM, .com Pharmacy Solutions®, 
Fulfill-Rx™ , SupplyScanSM, Supply Management OnLineSM, and Optipak®.  

The  substantial  majority  of  technical  concepts  and  codes  embodied  in  our  Information  Solutions  segment’s 
computer  programs  and  program  documentation  are  not  protected  by  patents  or  copyrights  but  constitute  trade 
secrets that are proprietary to us.  The principal trademarks and service marks for this segment are: HealthQuest®, 
Paragon®,  Pathways  2000®,  TRENDSTAR®,  Horizon  Clinicals,  HorizonWP®,  Series  2000,  STAR  2000, 
Connect 2000®, and PracticePoint®.   

We  also  own  other  registered  and  unregistered  trademarks  and  service  marks  and  similar  rights  used  by  our 
business  segments.    All  of  the  principal  trademarks  and  service  marks  are  registered  in  the  United  States,  or 
registrations have been applied for with respect to such marks, in addition to certain other jurisdictions.  The United 
States federal registrations of these trademarks have terms of ten or twenty years, depending on date of registration, 
and are subject to unlimited renewals.  We believe we have taken all necessary steps to preserve the registration and 
duration  of  our  trademarks  and  service  marks,  although  no  assurance  can  be  given  that  we  will  be  able  to 
successfully  enforce  or  protect  our  rights  thereunder  in  the  event  that  they  are  subject  to  third-party  infringement 
claims.  We do not, however, consider any particular patent, license, franchise or concession to be material to our 
business. 

Other Information About the Business 

Customers: In recent years, a significant portion of our revenue growth has been with a limited number of large 
customers.  During 2003, sales to our largest customer, Rite Aid Corporation, and ten largest customers accounted 
for  approximately  12%  and  50%  of  our  revenues.    At  March  31,  2003,  accounts  receivable  from  Rite  Aid 
Corporation  and  our  ten  largest  customers  were  approximately  10%  and  43%  of  total  accounts  receivable.  The 
majority of these revenues and accounts receivable are included in our Pharmaceutical Solutions segment. 

Research  and  Development:  Our  research  and  development  (“R&D”)  expenditures  primarily  consists  of  our 
investment in software development held for sale.  We expended $193.9 million, $183.1 million, and $186.9 million 
for  R&D  activities  in  2003,  2002  and  2001,  and  of  these  amounts,  we  capitalized  23%,  26%  and  21%.    R&D 
expenditures  are  incurred  by  our  Information  Solutions  segment  and  our  Medical  Management  and  Automation 
businesses.    Our  Information  Solutions  segment  product  development  efforts  apply  computer  technology  and 
installation  methodologies  to  specific  information  processing  needs  of  hospitals.  We  believe  a  substantial  and 
sustained  commitment  to  such  expenditures  is  important  to  the  long-term  success  of  this  business.    Additional 

7

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

information regarding our R&D activities is included in Financial Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements, 
“Significant Accounting Policies,” appearing in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. 

Environmental Legislation: We sold our chemical distribution operations in 1987 and retained responsibility for 
certain environmental obligations.  Agreements with the Environmental Protection Agency and certain states may 
require environmental assessments and cleanups at several closed sites.  These matters are described further in “Item 
3.    Legal  Proceedings”  of  this  Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K.    Other  than  any  capital  expenditures  that  may  be 
required in connection with those legal matters, we do not anticipate making substantial capital expenditures either 
for environmental issues, or to comply with environmental laws and regulations in the future.  The amount of our 
capital expenditures for environmental compliance was not material in 2003 and is not expected to be material in the 
next year. 

Employees: On March 31, 2003, we employed approximately 24,500 persons compared to 24,000 in 2002 and 

23,000 in 2001.  

Financial  Information  About  Foreign  and  Domestic  Operations  and  Export  Sales:  Information  as  to  foreign 
operations is included in Financial Notes 1 and 21 to the consolidated financial statements, “Significant Accounting 
Policies” and “Segments of Business,” appearing in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. 

Item 2. 

Properties 

Because of the nature of our principal businesses, plant, warehousing, office and other facilities are operated in 
widely dispersed locations.  The warehouses are typically owned or leased on a long-term basis.  We consider our 
operating properties to be in satisfactory condition and adequate to meet our needs for the next several years without 
making capital expenditures materially higher than historical levels.  Information as to material lease commitments 
is  included  in  Financial  Note  13  to  the  consolidated  financial  statements,  “Lease  Obligations,”  appearing  in  this 
Annual Report on Form 10-K. 

Item 3.  Legal Proceedings  

I.  Accounting Litigation 

Since  the  announcements  by  McKesson  in  April,  May  and  July  of  1999  that  McKesson  had  determined  that 
certain software sales transactions in its Information Solutions segment, formerly HBO & Company (“HBOC”) and 
now  known  as  McKesson  Information  Solutions,  Inc.,  were  improperly  recorded  as  revenue  and  reversed,  as  of 
April 29, 2003, ninety-one lawsuits have been filed against McKesson, HBOC, certain of McKesson’s or HBOC’s 
current or former officers or directors, and other defendants, including Bear Stearns & Co. Inc. (“Bear Stearns”) and 
Arthur Andersen LLP (“Arthur Andersen”).  

Federal Actions 

Sixty-seven of the above mentioned actions have been filed in Federal Court (the “Federal Actions”).  All of the 
undismissed Federal Actions are pending before the Honorable Ronald M. Whyte of the United States District Court 
(the “Court”) for the Northern District of California.  Federal Actions filed as class actions (excluding the ERISA 
actions  discussed  below)  have  been  consolidated  into  a  single  action  before  Judge Whyte  under  the caption  In  re 
McKesson  HBOC,  Inc.  Securities  Litigation  (Case  No.  C-99-20743  RMW)  (the  “Consolidated  Action”).    As 
discussed below, some individual Federal Actions are also pending before Judge Whyte.  By order dated December 
22, 1999, Judge Whyte appointed the New York State Common Retirement Fund as lead plaintiff (“Lead Plaintiff”) 
in the Consolidated Action and approved Lead Plaintiff’s choice of counsel.   

After the filing of three consolidated complaints and multiple motions by multiple defendants challenging the 
sufficiency  of  those  complaints,  the  pleadings  in  the  case  have  been  set  with  respect  to  McKesson  and  HBOC 
(motions for reconsideration of prior dismissal orders issued by Judge Whyte have been filed by Arthur Andersen 
and Bear Stearns and remain pending).  The operative complaint in the Consolidated Action is Lead Plaintiff's Third 
Amended and Consolidated Class Action Complaint ("TAC"), filed on February 15, 2002.  The TAC asserts claims 
against  McKesson  and  HBOC  under  Sections  10(b)  and  14(a)  of  the  Securities  Exchange  Act  of  1934  (the 
"Exchange Act") in connection with the events leading to McKesson’s announcements in April, May and July 1999, 

8

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

and  names  McKesson,  HBOC,  certain  of  McKesson’s  or  HBOC’s  current  or  former  officers  or  directors,  Arthur 
Andersen and Bear Stearns as defendants.  The Section 10(b) claim alleges that McKesson and HBOC intentionally 
or with deliberate  recklessness  misstated  the  financial  statements  of  HBOC  or  McKesson during  the  class  period.  
The  Section 14(a)  claim  alleges  that  the  Joint  Proxy  Statement/Prospectus  issued  in  connection  with  a  McKesson 
subsidiary  and  HBOC  merger  (the  “Merger”)  contained  material  misstatements  or  omissions  and  that  McKesson 
was  negligent  in  issuing  the  Joint  Proxy  Statement/Prospectus  with  those  misstatements.    On  April  5,  2002, 
McKesson filed a motion to dismiss Lead Plaintiff’s claim under Section 10(b) of the Exchange Act to the extent 
that it is based on McKesson’s pre-Merger conduct (Lead Plaintiff's claim under Section 10(b) against McKesson 
based on post-Merger conduct had already been sustained by Judge Whyte), and moved to dismiss the claim under 
Section 14(a) of the Exchange Act in its entirety.   

By  order  dated  January  6,  2003,  Judge  Whyte  granted  in  part  and  denied  in  part  the  Company’s  motion  to 
dismiss the TAC.  Specifically, Judge Whyte dismissed with prejudice the claim against the Company under Section 
10(b)  of  the  Exchange  Act  to  the  extent  that  claim  was  based  on  McKesson’s  conduct  or  statements  prior  to  the 
January  12,  1999  merger  transaction  with  HBOC,  denied  the  Company’s  motion  to  dismiss  the  claim  against  the 
Company under Section 14(a) of the Exchange Act, and ordered the Company to answer the TAC.  Following the 
Court's January 6, 2003 orders, the following claims remained against McKesson and HBOC:  (i) a claim against 
HBOC  under  Section  10(b)  of  the  Exchange  Act;  (ii)  a  claim  against  McKesson  under  Section  10(b)  of  the 
Exchange  Act  with  respect  to  post-Merger  conduct  only;  and  (iii)  a  Section  14(a)  claim  against  McKesson,  as 
described in the Court's January 6, 2003 order.  The Company and HBOC filed answers to the TAC on March 7, 
2003, denying that the Company or HBOC had violated Section 10(b) or Section 14(a) or that they had any liability 
to the alleged plaintiff class.   

On March 7, 2003, Lead Plaintiff filed a motion for class certification seeking to certify a class consisting of (i) 
all persons and entities who purchased or otherwise acquired publicly traded securities of HBOC during the period 
from  January  20,  1997,  through  and  including  January  12,  1999,  (ii)  all  persons  and  entities  who  purchased  or 
otherwise acquired publicly traded securities or call options, or who sold put options, of McKesson during the period 
from October 18, 1998 through and including April 27, 1999, and (iii) all persons and entities who held McKesson 
common stock on November 27, 1998 and still held those shares on January 12, 1999.  Lead Plaintiff seeks an order 
appointing  three  representatives  of  this  proposed  class:    (i)  the  Lead  Plaintiff;  (ii)  City  of  Miami  Beach  General 
Employees  Retirement  Trust;  and  (iii)  an  individual  investor  named  Donald  Chiert.    By  agreement  of  the  parties 
(subject  to  approval  by  the  Court),  the  Company  will  be  required  to  respond  to  Lead  Plaintiff's  motion  for  class 
certification by August 22, 2003, and the motion will be scheduled to be heard on October 3, 2003.  McKesson and 
HBOC have commenced the production of documents in the Consolidated Action and, pursuant to pretrial orders, 
merits depositions may begin as early as mid-July 2003.  No trial date has been set in the Consolidated Action. 

On January 11, 2001, McKesson filed an action in the Court for the Northern District of California against the 
Lead Plaintiff in the Consolidated Action individually, and as a representative of a defendant class of former HBOC 
shareholders who exchanged HBOC shares for Company shares in the January 12, 1999 Merger, McKesson HBOC, 
Inc.  v.  New  York  State  Common  Retirement  Fund,  Inc.  et  al.  (Case  No. C01-20021  RMW)  (the  “Complaint  and 
Counterclaim”).  In the Complaint and Counterclaim, the Company alleges that the exchanged HBOC shares were 
artificially inflated due to undisclosed accounting improprieties, and that the exchange ratio therefore provided more 
shares to former HBOC shareholders than would have otherwise been the case.  In this action, the Company seeks to 
recover  the  “unjust  enrichment”  received  by  those  HBOC  shareholders  who  exchanged  more  than  20,000  HBOC 
shares in the Merger.  The Company does not allege any wrongdoing by these shareholders.  On January 9, 2002, 
Judge Whyte dismissed the Complaint and Counterclaim with prejudice.  The Company appealed this ruling to the 
United States Court of Appeals for the Ninth Circuit (“Ninth Circuit”).  The Company’s appeal was heard by the 
Ninth Circuit on April 8, 2003.  The Ninth Circuit has not yet issued an opinion. 

By order dated February 7, 2000, Judge Whyte coordinated with the Consolidated Action a class action alleging 
claims under the Employee Retirement Income Security Act (commonly known as “ERISA”), Chang v. McKesson 
HBOC,  Inc.  et  al.  (Case  No.  C-00-20030  RMW),  and  a  shareholder  derivative  action  that  had  been  filed  in  the 
Northern  District  of  California  under  the  caption  Cohen  v.  McCall  et  al.  (Case  No.  C-99-20916  RMW)  with  the 
Consolidated Action.  There has been no further significant activity in the Cohen action.  By stipulated order dated 
April  30,  2003,  no  defendant  or  nominal  defendant  is  required  to  respond  to  the  complaint  until  notified  by  the 
plaintiff in writing with thirty days notice or upon further order of the Court.  Recent developments in the Chang 
action are discussed below. 

9

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

Several  individual  actions  have  also  been  filed  in,  or  transferred  to,  the  Northern  District  of  California.    On 
November 12, 1999, an individual shareholder action was filed in the Court for the Northern District of California 
under the caption Jacobs v. McKesson HBOC, Inc., et al. (C-99-21192 RMW).  The Plaintiffs in Jacobs are former 
HBOC shareholders who acquired their HBOC shares pursuant to a registration statement issued by HBOC prior to 
the Merger, and then exchanged their HBOC shares for McKesson shares in the Merger.  Plaintiffs in Jacobs assert 
claims  under  federal  and  state  securities  laws  and  a  claim  for  common  law  fraud.    Plaintiffs  seek  unspecified 
compensatory  and  punitive  damages,  and  costs  of  suit,  including  attorneys’  fees.    Judge  Whyte’s  December  22, 
1999, order consolidated the Jacobs action with the Consolidated Action.  With leave of court, the Jacobs plaintiffs 
amended their complaint, but the action remains stayed and there has been no discovery, motion practice or other 
activity in the case.  On September 21, 2000 the plaintiffs in Jacobs v. McKesson HBOC, Inc. filed a new individual 
action  entitled  Jacobs  v.  HBO  &  Company  (Case  No.  C-00-20974  RMW).    The  Jacobs  complaint  names  only 
HBOC  as  a  defendant  and  asserts  claims  under  Sections  11  and  12(2)  of  the  Securities  Act,  Section  10(b)  of  the 
Exchange Act and various state law causes of action.  The complaint seeks unspecified compensatory and punitive 
damages,  and  costs  of  suit,  including  attorneys’  fees.    This  action  has  been  assigned  to  Judge  Whyte  and 
consolidated with the Consolidated Action. 

On December 16, 1999, an individual action was filed in the Court for the Northern District of California under 
the caption Bea v. McKesson HBOC, Inc. et al.  (Case No. C-00-20072 RMW).  Plaintiffs in Bea filed an Amended 
Complaint on March 9, 2000.  Plaintiffs in Bea allege that they acquired the Company’s common stock prior to the 
Merger and sold that stock after the April 1999 announcement at a loss.  The Bea complaint asserts claims under the 
federal and state securities laws, and a claim for fraud.  Plaintiffs seek (i) unspecified compensatory and punitive 
damages, and (ii) reasonable costs and expenses of suit, including attorneys’ fees.  Bea is currently stayed and has 
been consolidated with the Consolidated Action. 

On January 7, 2000, an individual action was filed in the Court for the Northern District of California under the 
caption Cater v. McKesson Corporation et al. (Case No. C-00-20327 RMW).  The plaintiff is Terry Cater, a former 
employee of the Company who alleges that his options and restricted stock were substantially devalued as a result of 
the Merger and the subsequent drop in the Company’s stock price.  Plaintiff in Cater asserts claims under the federal 
securities  laws  as  well  as  claims  for  breach  of  good faith and fair  dealing,  fraud  and negligent  misrepresentation.  
Plaintiff  seeks  (i)  unspecified  special  damages  in  excess  of  $50,000,  (ii)  unspecified  general  damages,  (iii) 
prejudgment interest and (iv) reasonable attorneys’ fees.  The case has been assigned to Judge Whyte and the parties 
have stipulated to a stay pending the outcome of the motions to dismiss in the Consolidated Action.   

On February 7, 2000, an action entitled Baker v. McKesson HBOC, Inc., et al. (Case No. CV 00-0188) was filed 
in the U.S. District Court for the Western District of Louisiana.  The same plaintiffs then filed a virtually identical 
parallel  action  in  Louisiana  State  Court,  Rapides  Parish,  under  the  caption  Baker  v.  McKesson  HBOC,  Inc.,  et  al 
(filed as Case No. 199018; Case No. CV-00-0522 after removal to federal court).  Plaintiffs, former shareholders of 
Automatic Prescription Services, allege claims under the federal securities laws, and claims for breach of fiduciary 
duty, misrepresentation and detrimental reliance.  The state court action was removed to federal court and the two 
Baker  cases  have  been  transferred  to  the  Northern  District  of  California  and  consolidated  with  the  Consolidated 
Action. 

On July 27, 2001, an action was filed in the Court for the Northern District of California captioned Pacha, et al. 
v. McKesson HBOC, Inc., et al. (Case No. C01-20713 PVT).  The Pacha plaintiffs allege that they were individual 
stockholders  of  McKesson  stock  on  November  27,  1998,  and  assert  that  McKesson  and  HBOC  violated  Section 
14(a) of the Exchange Act, and that McKesson, aided by HBOC, breached its fiduciary duties to plaintiffs by issuing 
a joint proxy statement in connection with the Merger which allegedly contained false and misleading statements or 
omissions.    Plaintiffs  name  as  defendants  McKesson,  HBOC,  certain  current  or  former  officers  or  directors  of 
McKesson  or  HBOC,  Bear  Stearns  and  Arthur  Andersen.    On  November  13,  2001,  Judge  Whyte  ordered  Pacha 
consolidated with the Consolidated Action and stayed all further proceedings. 

Hess v. McKesson HBOC, Inc. et al. an action filed in state court in Arizona (Case No. C-20003862) on behalf 
of former shareholders of Ephrata Diamond Spring Water Company (“Ephrata”) who acquired McKesson shares in 
exchange for their Ephrata stock when McKesson acquired Ephrata in January 1999, was removed to federal court, 
transferred to the Northern District of California and consolidated with the Consolidated Action.  Judge Whyte also 
stayed all further proceedings in Hess except for the filing of an amended complaint, which was filed on or about 
December 15, 2001 (the “Hess Amended Complaint”).  The Hess Amended Complaint generally incorporates the 
allegations and claims asserted in the Consolidated Action and also includes various common law causes of action 

10

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

relating  to  McKesson’s  acquisition  of  Ephrata.    The  Company  is  not  currently  required  to  respond  to  the  Hess 
Amended Complaint. 

On  June  28,  2001,  the  Chang  plaintiffs  filed  an  amended  ERISA  class  action  complaint  against  McKesson, 
HBOC,  certain  current  or  former  officers  or  directors  of  McKesson  or  HBOC,  and  The  Chase  Manhattan  Bank 
(“Chase”).  The amended complaint in Chang generally alleges that the defendants breached their ERISA fiduciary 
duties in connection with administering the McKesson HBOC Profit Sharing Investment Plan (the “PSI Plan”) and 
the  HBOC  Profit  Sharing  and  Savings  Plan  (the  “HBOC  Plan”).    Plaintiffs  in  Chang  are  former  employees  of 
McKesson  and  participants  in  the  PSI  Plan,  and  purportedly  seek  relief  under  sections  404-405,  409  and  502  of 
ERISA on behalf of a class defined to include participants in the PSI Plan, including participants under the HBOC 
Plan,  who  maintained  an  account  balance  under  the  PSI  Plan  as  of  April  27,  1999,  who  had  not  received  a 
distribution from the PSI Plan as of April 27, 1999, and who suffered losses as a result of the alleged breaches of 
duty.  On October 12, 2001, McKesson, HBOC and Chase moved to dismiss the Chang action.  The outcome of that 
motion is discussed below. 

On February 7, 2002, a related ERISA class action was filed in the Court for the Northern District of California 
captioned  Adams  v.  McKesson  Information  Solutions,  Inc.  et  al.  (Case  No.  C-02-06  85  JCS).    Plaintiff  in  Adams 
filed  a  first  amended  complaint  on  March  15,  2002,  against  HBOC,  McKesson,  the  HBO  &  Company  Board  of 
Directors, HBO & Company Profit Sharing and Savings Plan Administrative Committee, HBO & Company Profit 
Sharing  and  Savings  Plan  Investment  Committee,  McKesson  HBOC,  Inc.  Profit  Sharing  Investment  Plan  (as  a 
nominal  defendant  only),  and  certain  current  or  former  officers,  directors  or  employees  of  McKesson  or  HBOC.  
Plaintiff  alleges  that  he  was  a  participant  in  the  HBOC  Plan  and  generally  alleges  that  McKesson  and  HBOC 
breached their ERISA fiduciary duties to the HBOC Plan and its participants or engaged in transactions prohibited 
by ERISA.  Plaintiff asserts his claims on behalf of a putative class defined to include all participants in the HBOC 
Plan and their beneficiaries for whose benefit the HBOC Plan acquired HBOC stock from March 31, 1996 to April 
1,  1999.    Plaintiff  seeks  (i)  a  judgment  that  McKesson  and  HBOC  breached  their  fiduciary  duties,  (ii)  an  order 
requiring defendants to restore to the plan all losses caused by these purported breaches of fiduciary duty, and (iii) 
reasonable attorneys’ fees, costs and expenses.  

On June 3, 2002, Judge Whyte consolidated the Adams ERISA class action with the Chang ERISA class action.  
By  order  dated  September  30,  2002  Judge  Whyte  dismissed  the  First  Amended  Complaint  in  the  Chang  action.  
Judge Whyte granted plaintiffs in Chang and Adams 30 days leave to file a consolidated and amended complaint 
under  the  caption  In  re  McKesson  HBOC,  Inc.  ERISA  Litigation  (Northern  District  of  California  No.  C-02-0685 
RMW)  (the  “ERISA  Action”).    On  December  31,  2002,  plaintiffs  filed  a  consolidated  amended  complaint  (the 
"CAC”)  in  the  ERISA  Action.    The  CAC  generally  alleges  that  McKesson  and  HBOC  breached  their  fiduciary 
duties  under  ERISA,  and  that  HBOC  engaged  in  transactions  prohibited  by  ERISA.    Plaintiffs  further  allege  that 
McKesson  and  HBOC  are  liable  under  principles  of  respondeat  superior  and  agency  for  alleged  breaches  of 
fiduciary  duties  by  other  defendants.    The  CAC  seeks  to  have  the  defendants  restore  to  the  HBOC  Plan  and 
McKesson Plan losses allegedly caused by their alleged breaches of fiduciary duty, equitable relief, attorneys’ fees, 
costs and expenses.  On February 28, 2003, McKesson filed a motion to dismiss the CAC and HBOC filed motions 
to dismiss portions of the CAC.  The parties have agreed (subject to approval by the Court) that these motions will 
be heard on August 29, 2003.  

State Actions 

Twenty-four  actions  have  also  been  filed  in  various  state  courts  in  California,  Colorado,  Delaware,  Georgia, 
Louisiana and Pennsylvania (the “State Actions”).  Like the Consolidated Action, the State Actions generally allege 
misconduct by McKesson or HBOC (and others) in connection with the events leading to McKesson’s decision to 
restate HBOC’s financial statements. 

Two  of  the  State  Actions  are  derivative  actions:    Ash,  et  al.  v.  McCall,  et  al.,  (Case  No.  17132),  filed  in  the 
Delaware Chancery Court and Mitchell v. McCall et al. (Case. No. 304415), filed in California Superior Court, City 
and County of San Francisco.  McKesson moved to dismiss both of these actions and to stay the Mitchell action in 
favor of the earlier filed Ash and Cohen derivative actions.  Plaintiffs in Mitchell agreed to defer any action by the 
court on McKesson’s motions pending resolution of McKesson’s dismissal motion in Ash.  On September 15, 2000, 
in the Ash case, the Court of Chancery dismissed all causes of action with leave to re-plead certain of the dismissed 
claims, and on January 22, 2001, the Ash plaintiffs filed a Third Amended Complaint which is presently the subject 
of McKesson’s motion to dismiss. 

11

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

Five  of  the  State  Actions  are  class  actions.    Three  of  these  were  filed  in  the  Delaware  Court  of  Chancery: 
Derdiger v. Tallman et al. (Civil Action No. 17276), Carroll v. McKesson HBOC, Inc. (Civil Action No. 17454) and 
Kelly v. McKesson HBOC, Inc. et al. (Civil Action No. 17282).  Two additional actions were filed in the Delaware 
Superior Court: Edmondson v. McKesson HBOC, Inc. (Civil Action No. 99-951) and Caravetta v. McKesson HBOC, 
Inc. (Civil Action No. 00C-04-214 WTQ).  The Carroll and Kelly actions have been voluntarily dismissed without 
prejudice.  McKesson removed Edmondson to federal court in Delaware and filed a motion to dismiss, which was 
granted by the federal court on March 5, 2002.  McKesson filed motions to stay the Derdiger and Caravetta actions 
in  favor  of  proceedings  in  the  federal  Consolidated  Action,  which  were  granted.    On  December  20,  2001,  the 
plaintiff in Derdiger moved to vacate the stay of that action.  In a series of rulings dated September 9, 2002, October 
11, 2002 and October 18, 2002, the court denied plaintiff’s motion to vacate the stay with respect to any class claims 
but granted plaintiff leave to proceed with his individual claims.  Thereafter, the plaintiff filed a motion for partial 
summary  judgment,  and  the  former  directors  of  Access  Health,  Inc.,  who  are  also  defendants,  filed  a  motion  to 
dismiss the claims asserted against them.  The parties have asked the court to defer consideration of those motions 
while they pursue settlement discussions. 

Several of the State Actions are individual actions which have been filed in various state courts.  Five of these 
were filed in the California Superior Court, City and County of San Francisco: Yurick v. McKesson HBOC, Inc. et 
al.  (Case  No.  303857),  The  State  of  Oregon  by  and  through  the  Oregon  Public  Employees  Retirement  Board  v. 
McKesson HBOC, Inc. et al. (Case No. 307619), Utah State Retirement Board v. McKesson HBOC, Inc. et al. (Case 
No. 311269), Minnesota State Board of Investment v. McKesson HBOC, Inc. et al. (Case No. 311747), and Merrill 
Lynch Fundamental Growth Fund et al. v. McKesson HBOC, Inc. et al. (Case No. CGC-02-405792).  Oregon, Utah, 
and  Minnesota  and  Merrill  Lynch  have  been  consolidated  before  the  Honorable  Donald  S.  Mitchell  under  the 
Oregon caption. 

In Yurick, the trial court sustained McKesson’s demurrer to the original complaint without leave to amend with 
respect  to  all  causes  of  action  except  plaintiffs’  claims  for  common  law  fraud  and  negligent  misrepresentation, 
which remain in the case.  On December 27, 2002, the Yurick action was assigned to Judge Mitchell, the presiding 
judge in the Oregon, Minnesota, Utah and Merrill Lynch actions.  

The  Oregon,  Utah  and  Minnesota  actions  referenced  above  are  individual  securities  actions  filed  in  the 
California Superior Court for the City and County of San Francisco by the out-of-state pension funds for each of 
those  States  and  Colorado.    On  October  16,  2002,  after  motion  practice  to  challenge  the  sufficiency  of  the 
complaints  in  Utah,  Minnesota  and  Oregon,  which  resulted  in  the  dismissal  of  a  number  of  claims  that  had  been 
asserted against McKesson and HBOC, and the consolidation of those actions under the caption The State of Oregon 
Public Employees Retirement Board v. McKesson HBOC, Inc. et al. (Master File No. 307619), plaintiffs in Oregon, 
Minnesota and Utah filed a consolidated and amended complaint (the "CAAC") which consolidated the remaining 
claims in those actions.  On October 11, 2002, plaintiffs in Merrill Lynch filed an amended complaint in the Merrill 
Lynch action. 

On March 13, 2003, Judge Mitchell overruled McKesson’s and HBOC’s demurrers to and motions to strike the 
CAAC in Oregon, Minnesota and Utah.  On the same date, Judge Mitchell sustained in part and overruled in part 
McKesson and HBOC's demurrers, and denied McKesson and HBOC's motions to strike the amended complaint in 
Merrill  Lynch.    Following  those  orders,  the  following  claims  remain  against  McKesson  and  HBOC  in  the 
consolidated Oregon action: (i) under California law, for violation of California Corporations Code § 25000/25400, 
for violation of California Business and Professions Code § 17200 (against HBOC only), and for common law fraud 
and negligent  misrepresentation,  and  (ii)  under  Georgia  law,  claims  for  conspiracy  under  Georgia's  RICO  statute, 
and for common law fraud, negligent misrepresentation, conspiracy, and aiding and abetting.  Following the Court's 
March 13, 2003, orders, the following claims remain against McKesson and HBOC in the Merrill Lynch action: (i) 
under  California  law,  for  violation  of  California  Corporations  Code  §  25000/25400,  for  violation  of  California 
Business  and  Professions  Code  §  17200  (against  HBOC  only),  and  for  common  law  fraud,  negligent 
misrepresentation,  conspiracy  and  aiding  and  abetting,  (ii)  under  New  Jersey  law,  for  conspiracy  to  violate  New 
Jersey's  RICO  statute  (HBOC  only),  and  (iii)  under  Georgia  law,  for  violation  of  Georgia's  securities  laws.    The 
Court's  March  13,  2003,  orders  also  gave  the  Merrill  Lynch  plaintiffs  leave  to  amend  their  previously-asserted 
claims  against  McKesson  for  violation  of  New  Jersey's  RICO  statute  and  against  McKesson  and  HBOC  for 
conspiracy  to  violate  New  Jersey's  and  Georgia's  RICO  statutes.    On  April  8,  2003,  the  Merrill  Lynch  plaintiffs 
moved for reconsideration of certain of Judge Mitchell's March 13, 2003, orders, including certain orders sustaining 
demurrers  by  McKesson  and  HBOC.    Neither  McKesson  nor  HBOC  is  obligated  to  answer  the  CAAC  or  the 
complaint  in  the  Merrill  Lynch  action  until  after  the  court  rules  on  the  Merrill  Lynch  plaintiffs'  motion  for 
reconsideration. 

12

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

Several individual actions have been filed in various state courts outside of California.  Several of these cases 
have been filed in Georgia state courts.  On December 9, 1999, an action was filed in Georgia State Court, Gwinnett 
County,  under  the  caption  Adler  v.  McKesson  HBOC,  Inc.  et  al.  (Case  No.  99-C-7980-3).    Plaintiff  in  Adler,  a 
former  HBOC  shareholder,  asserted  claims  for  common  law  fraud  and  fraudulent  conveyance.    The  Adler  action 
named as defendants the Company, HBOC, Albert Bergonzi and Jay Gilbertson.  Plaintiff sought damages in excess 
of  $43 million,  as  well  as  punitive  damages,  and  costs  of  suit,  including  attorneys’  fees.    The  case  was  settled 
following discovery, and plaintiff filed a Dismissal with Prejudice on July 17, 2002.  

 On October 24, 2000,  an  action was filed in  Georgia  State  Court,  Fulton  County,  captioned Suffolk Partners 
Limited Partnership et al. v. McKesson HBOC, Inc. et al. (Case No. 00VS010469A).  Plaintiffs in the Suffolk action 
allegedly  purchased  the  Company’s  common  stock  after  the  Merger  but  before  the  April  1999  announcement.  
Plaintiffs  assert  claims  under  Georgia’s  securities  and  racketeering  laws,  and  for  common  law  fraud,  negligent 
misrepresentation,  conspiracy,  and  aiding  and  abetting.    The  Suffolk  action  names  as  defendants  the  Company, 
HBOC, and certain of the Company’s or HBOC’s current or former officers or directors, and Arthur Andersen.  Like 
the Consolidated Action, the claims in the Suffolk action generally arise out of the January 12, 1999 Merger, and the 
Company’s announcement of the need to restate its financial statements.  Plaintiffs seek (i) compensatory damages 
of  approximately  $21.8 million,  as  well  as  general,  rescissory,  special,  punitive,  exemplary,  and  with  respect  to 
certain causes of action, treble damages, and (ii) prejudgment and post-judgment interest and costs of suit, including 
reasonable attorneys’ and experts’ fees.  The Company and HBOC separately answered the complaint on January 9, 
2001.  The Company and HBOC moved for an order staying the Suffolk action in favor of the Consolidated Action 
on January 10, 2001.  On August 2, 2001, the Court granted the motions to stay.  Subsequently, however, in May 
2003, the Court lifted the stay and directed the parties to coordinate discovery with that in the Consolidated Action 
and several other actions.  The Company’s motion for judgment on the pleadings is set for hearing on June 18, 2003.  

On November 1, 2000, an action was filed in Georgia State Court, Fulton County, captioned Curran Partners, 
L.P. v. McKesson HBOC, Inc. et al. (Case No. 00 VS 010801).  Plaintiff in the Curran action allegedly purchased 
the Company’s common stock after the Merger but before the April 1999 announcement.  The claims in the Curran 
action are identical to the claims in the Suffolk action.  Plaintiff seeks (i) compensatory damages of approximately 
$2.6 million, as well as general, rescissory, special, punitive, exemplary, and with respect to certain causes of action, 
treble  damages,  and  (ii) prejudgment  and post-judgment  interest  and  costs  of  suit,  including  reasonable  attorneys’ 
and experts’ fees.  The Curran action names as defendants the Company, HBOC, and certain of the Company’s or 
HBOC’s  current  or  former  officers  or  directors,  and  Arthur  Andersen.    The  Company  and  HBOC  separately 
answered  the  Complaint  on  January 9,  2001.    The  Company  and  HBOC  moved  for  an  order  staying  the  Curran 
action in favor of the Consolidated Action on January 10, 2001.  The Court granted the motions to stay on August 
22, 2001.  

On  December  12,  2001,  an  action  was  filed  in  Georgia  State  Court,  Fulton  County,  captioned  Drake  v. 
McKesson  Corp.,  et  al.  (Case  No. 01VS026303A).    Plaintiff  in  Drake  is  a  former  HBOC  employee  seeking  lost 
commissions as well as asserting claims under Georgia’s securities and racketeering laws, and various common law 
causes of action.  Plaintiff seeks (i) approximately $300,000 in unpaid commissions, (ii) unspecified compensatory, 
consequential, actual, exemplary, and punitive damages, and (iii) prejudgment and post-judgment interest and costs 
of suit, including reasonable attorneys’ fees.  The Drake action names as defendants the Company, HBOC, Albert 
Bergonzi and Jay Gilbertson.  The parties entered into a Consent Order for Partial Stay on February 27, 2002, which 
stayed  Plaintiff’s  Georgia  securities  law,  fraud  and  RICO  claims.    On  March 4,  2002,  McKesson  and  McKesson 
Information Solutions Inc. separately filed their answers.  The case is in the discovery stage and is proceeding on the 
plaintiff’s claims for unpaid commissions. 

Two  similar  Georgia  actions  have  been  consolidated  for  purposes  of  discovery  and  may  be  consolidated  for 
purposes of  trial.   On  January 31, 2002, an action was filed in Georgia Superior Court, Fulton County, under the 
caption Holcombe T. Green and HTG Corp. v. McKesson, Inc. et al. (Case No. 2002-CV-48407).  Plaintiffs in the 
Green action are former HBOC shareholders.  Plaintiff Holcombe Green was also a former officer, chairman and 
director of HBOC.  On February 6, 2002, an action was filed in Georgia Superior Court, Fulton County, under the 
caption  Hall  Family  Investments,  L.P.  v.  McKesson,  Inc.  et  al.  (Case  No.  2002-CV-48612).    Plaintiff  in  the  Hall 
action is a former HBOC shareholder.  One of the limited partners of the Hall Plaintiff is Nancy Hall Green, the wife 
of  Holcombe  Green.    The  complaints  in  the  Green  and  Hall  actions  are  substantially  identical.    In  each  action, 
Plaintiffs asserted claims for common law fraud and fraudulent conveyance and named as defendants the Company, 
HBOC,  Albert  Bergonzi  and  Jay  Gilbertson.    In  each  action,  plaintiffs  seek  compensatory  damages  in  excess  of 
$100 million, as well as unspecified general, special and punitive damages, and costs of suit, including attorneys’ 
fees.  The Company and HBOC filed their respective answers and counterclaims on April 22, 2002.  HBOC also 

13

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

filed  a  third  party  complaint  against  Holcombe  Green  for  indemnification.    The  Company  and  HBOC  also  filed 
motions  to  stay  and  dismiss.    The  court  denied  the  motions  to  stay,  and  partially  granted  the  motions  to  dismiss, 
dismissing Plaintiffs’ claims for fraudulent conveyance.  Plaintiffs moved to dismiss the counterclaims filed by the 
Company and HBOC, and the Court denied those motions.  Discovery is under way and will proceed for some time. 

On May 8, 2002, an action was filed in Georgia State Court, Fulton County, under the caption James Gilbert v. 
McKesson Corporation, et al. (Case No. 02VS032502C).  Plaintiff, formerly the general counsel of HBOC, alleges 
he  was  a  holder  of  options  to  purchase  shares  of  the  Company’s  stock.    The  action  names  as  defendants  the 
Company, HBOC, Albert Bergonzi and Jay Gilbertson.  Plaintiff seeks compensatory damages of approximately $2 
million,  as well  as unspecified general,  special  and  punitive damages,  and  costs of  suit,  including  attorneys’  fees.  
On June 24, 2002, the Company and HBOC filed their respective answers, motions to stay, and motions to dismiss.  
On November 26, 2002, the court granted the motions to stay, and this case is stayed until final disposition of the 
Consolidated Action.   

On  September  28,  1999,  an  action  was  filed  in  the  Delaware  Superior  Court  under  the  caption  Kelly  v. 
McKesson HBOC, Inc. et. al. (Civil Action No. 99C-09-265 WCC).  Plaintiffs in Kelly are former shareholders of 
KWS&P, Inc. and KWS&P/SFA, Inc., which companies were acquired by McKesson in 1999.  The plaintiffs assert 
claims  under  the  federal  securities  laws  as  well  as  claims for breach of  contract.   On January  17,  2002,  the  court 
denied  McKesson’s  motion  to  dismiss  and  denied  the  plaintiffs’  motion  for  partial  summary  judgment,  while 
granting motions to dismiss for lack of personal jurisdiction that were filed by certain former officers and directors 
of McKesson and HBOC.  As of May 30, 2003, the parties have agreed to a settlement of this action, and the case 
will be dismissed with prejudice. 

The  United  States  Attorney’s  Office  (“USAO”)  and  the  SEC  are  conducting  investigations  into  the  matters 
leading  to  the  restatement.    On  May 15,  2000,  the  USAO  filed  a  one-count  information  against  former  HBOC 
officer, Dominick  DeRosa,  charging  Mr. DeRosa  with  aiding  and  abetting  securities  fraud,  and on May 15,  2000, 
Mr.  DeRosa  entered  a  guilty  plea  to  that  charge.    On  September 28,  2000,  an  indictment  was  unsealed  in  the 
Northern District of California against former HBOC officer, Jay P. Gilbertson, and former Company and HBOC 
officer,  Albert  J.  Bergonzi,  United  States  v.  Bergonzi,  et  al.  (Case  No. CR-00-0505).    On  that  same  date,  a  civil 
complaint  was  filed  by  the  SEC  against  Mr. Gilbertson,  Mr. Bergonzi  and  Mr. DeRosa  Securities  and  Exchange 
Commission v. Gilbertson, et al. (Case No. C-00-3570).  Mr. DeRosa has settled with the SEC without admitting or 
denying the substantive allegations of the complaint.  On January 10, 2001, the grand jury returned a superseding 
indictment in the Northern District of California against Messrs. Gilbertson and Bergonzi United States v. Bergonzi, 
et al. (Case No. CR-00-0505) and on June 4, 2003, a second superseding indictment was unsealed which added new 
charges  against  Mr.  Bergonzi  and  which  also  charged  both  former  Chairman  of  the  Board  of  HBOC  and  the 
Company,  Charles  W.  McCall,  and  former  HBOC  General  Counsel,  Jay  Lapine,  with  various  securities  law 
violations.  Also on June 4, 2003, the USAO announced the filing of agreements with Messrs. Gilbertson, DeRosa 
and former Senior Vice President for Finance, Timothy Heyerdahl to plead guilty to various securities law violations 
(Case Nos. CR-00-0505, CR-00-0213 and CR-01-0002, respectively). 

On  September 27,  2001,  the  SEC  filed  securities  fraud  charges  against  six  former  HBOC  officers  and 
employees  including  Messrs.  Heyerdahl  and  Lapine.    Simultaneous  with  the  filing  of  the  Commission’s  civil 
complaints, four of the six defendants settled the claims brought against them by, among other things, consenting, 
without admitting or denying the allegations of the complaints, to entry of permanent injunctions against all of the 
alleged  violations,  and  agreed  to  pay  civil  penalties  in  various  amounts.    On  June  4,  2003,  the  SEC  filed  a  civil 
complaint against Mr. McCall for various securities law violations (Case No. C-03-2603).  On January 3, 2002, the 
Company was notified in writing by the SEC that its investigation has been terminated as to the Company, and that 
no enforcement action has been recommended to the Commission.  

We do not believe it is feasible to predict or determine the outcome or resolution of the accounting litigation 
proceedings, or to estimate the amounts of, or potential range of, loss with respect to those proceedings.  In addition, 
the  timing  of  the  final  resolution  of  these  proceedings  is  uncertain.    The  range  of  possible  resolutions  of  these 
proceedings could include judgments against the Company or settlements that could require substantial payments by 
the Company, which could have a material adverse impact on McKesson’s financial position, results of operations 
and cash flows.  

14

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
II. Other Litigation and Claims 

McKESSON CORPORATION 

In addition to commitments and obligations in the ordinary course of business, we are subject to various claims, 
other  pending  and  potential  legal  actions  for  product  liability  and  other  damages,  investigations  relating  to 
governmental  laws  and  regulations  and  other  matters  arising  out  of  the  normal  conduct  of  our  business.    These 
include: 

Product Liability Litigation and Other Claims 

Our  subsidiary,  McKesson  Medical-Surgical,  Inc.,  is  one  of  many  defendants  in  approximately  110  cases  in 
which  plaintiffs  claim  that  they  were  injured  due  to  exposure,  over  many  years,  to  latex  proteins  in  gloves 
manufactured  by  numerous  manufacturers  and  distributed  by  a  number  of  distributors,  including  McKesson 
Medical-Surgical.    Efforts  to  resolve  tenders  of  defense  to  its  suppliers  are  continuing  and  final  agreements  have 
been  reached  with  two  major  suppliers.    McKesson  Medical-Surgical,  Inc.’s  insurers  are  providing  coverage  for 
these cases, subject to applicable deductibles. 

We, along with more than 100 other companies, have been named in a lawsuit brought in 2000 by the Lemelson 
Medical, Educational & Research Foundation (“the Foundation”) alleging that we and our subsidiaries are infringing 
seven U.S. patents relating to common bar code scanning technology and its use for the automated management and 
control  of  product  inventory,  warehousing,  distribution  and  point-of-sale  transactions.    Due  to  the  pendency  of 
earlier litigation brought against the Foundation by the manufacturers of bar code devices attacking the validity of 
the patents at issue, the court stayed the suit against us until the conclusion of the earlier case, including any appeals 
that may be taken.  The trial in this earlier case concluded in January 2003 and the parties are awaiting the decision.  
An  appeal  is  anticipated  regardless  of  the  outcome.    While  the  suit  against  us  was  stayed,  the  U.S.  Patent  and 
Trademark  Office  granted  petitions  for  reexamination  of  three  of  the  seven  patents  asserted  by  the  Foundation 
against us.  The reexamination will determine, among other things, whether these patents have expired.  Each of the 
remaining four patents in the action has already expired by its own terms, or by the Foundation’s disclaiming the 
remaining portion of the patent’s life. 

We, through our former McKesson Chemical Company division (the “Former Division”), have been named a 
defendant in 52 cases filed in state courts in Mississippi as a result of the Former Division’s alleged distribution of 
asbestos.  These cases typically involve multiple plaintiffs claiming personal injuries and unspecified compensatory 
and  punitive  damages  against  numerous  defendants  arising  from  the  plaintiffs’  alleged  exposure  to  asbestos-
containing  materials.    Pursuant  to  an  indemnification  agreement  entered  into  at  the  time  of  the  1986  sale  of 
McKesson Chemical Company to what is now called Univar USA Inc. (“Univar”), we have tendered each of these 
actions to Univar.  Univar is currently defending us but has raised questions concerning the extent of its obligations 
under the indemnification agreement.  Discussions with Univar on that subject are ongoing.  McKesson has not paid 
or incurred any costs or expenses in connection with these actions to date; and the Company continues to look to 
Univar for  defense  and  full  indemnification  of  these  claims.    In  addition,  McKesson believes  that,  if  necessary,  a 
portion of these claims would be covered by insurance. 

The USAO for the Southern District of Illinois is conducting an industry-wide civil and criminal investigation 
into the marketing, sale and Medicare reimbursement of enteral nutritional products (“Products”) and has indicated 
that  the  Company  and  two  of  our  employees  are  subjects  of  the  investigation.    The  Products  are  sold,  and  the 
individuals  are  employed  by  the  extended  care  business  conducted  by  McKesson  Medical-Surgical  Minnesota 
Supply Inc., an indirect subsidiary of the Company.  We are cooperating with the investigation and responding to 
subpoenas which have been issued to the Company.   

Environmental Matters 

Primarily as a result of the operation of our former chemical businesses, which were fully divested by 1987, we 
are  involved  in  various  matters  pursuant  to  environmental  laws  and  regulations.    We  have  received  claims  and 
demands from governmental agencies relating to investigative and remedial action purportedly required to address 
environmental  conditions  alleged  to  exist  at  five  sites  where  we,  or  entities  acquired  by  us,  formerly  conducted 
operations; and we, by administrative order or otherwise, have agreed to take certain actions at those sites, including 
soil and groundwater remediation. 

Based on a determination by our environmental staff, in consultation with outside environmental specialists and 
counsel,  the  current  estimate  of  reasonably  possible  remediation  costs  for  these  five  sites  is  approximately 

15

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

$12 million, net of approximately $2 million that third parties have agreed to pay in settlement or we expect, based 
either  on  agreements  or  nonrefundable  contributions  which  are  ongoing,  to  be  contributed  by  third  parties.    The 
$12 million is expected to be paid out between April 2003 and March 2028.  Our liability for these environmental 
matters has been accrued in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. 

In  addition,  we  have  been  designated  as  a  potentially  responsible  party,  or  PRP,  under  the  Comprehensive 
Environmental Response Compensation and Liability Act of 1980 (as amended, the “Superfund” law or its state law 
equivalent)  for  environmental  assessment  and  cleanup  costs  as  the  result  of  our  alleged  disposal  of  hazardous 
substances at 22 sites.  With respect to each of these sites, numerous other PRPs have similarly been designated and, 
while  the  current  state  of  the  law  potentially  imposes  joint  and  several  liability  upon  PRPs,  as  a  practical  matter 
costs of these sites are typically shared with other PRPs.  Our estimated liability at those 22 sites is approximately 
$1.3 million.  The aggregate settlements and costs paid by us in Superfund matters to date have not been significant.  
The accompanying consolidated balance sheets include this environmental liability. 

The  potential  costs  to  us  related  to  environmental  matters  are  uncertain  due  to  such  factors  as:  the  unknown 
magnitude of possible pollution and cleanup costs; the complexity and evolving nature of governmental laws and 
regulations and their interpretations; the timing, varying costs and effectiveness of alternative cleanup technologies; 
the  determination  of  our  liability  in  proportions  to  other  PRPs;  and  the  extent,  if  any,  to  which  such  costs  are 
recoverable from insurance or other parties. 

While it is not possible at this time to determine with certainty the ultimate outcome of any of the litigation or 
governmental  proceedings  discussed  under  this  section  II,  “Other  Litigation  and  Claims,”  we  believe,  based  on 
current  knowledge  and  the  advice  of  our  counsel  that  such  litigation  and  proceedings  will  not  have  a  material 
adverse effect on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows.  

Item 4. 

Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders 

No matters were submitted to a vote of security holders, through the solicitation of proxies or otherwise, during 

the three months ended March 31, 2003. 

Executive Officers of the Registrant  

The  following  table  sets  forth  information  regarding  the  executive  officers  of  the  Company,  including  their 
principal occupations during the past five years.  The number of years of service with the Company includes service 
with predecessor companies. 

There  are  no  family  relationships  between  any  of  the  executive  officers  or  directors  of  the  Company.    The 
executive officers are chosen annually to serve until the first meeting of the Board of Directors following the next 
annual meeting of stockholders and until their successors are elected and have qualified, or until death, resignation 
or removal, whichever is sooner. 

 Name 

Age 

 Position with Registrant and Business Experience  

John H. Hammergren ...........

William R. Graber ................

Paul C. Julian........................

44  Chairman  of  the  Board  since  July  31,  2002;  President  and  Chief  Executive
Officer since April 1, 2001; Co-President and Co-Chief Executive Officer from 
July 1999 to April 1, 2001 and a director since July 1999.  Formerly Executive
Vice President, President and Chief Executive Officer of the Supply Solutions
Business  (January-July  1999);  Group  President,  McKesson  Health  Systems 
(1997-1999) and Vice President of the Company since 1996.  Service with the
Company – 7 years. 

60  Senior  Vice  President  and  Chief  Financial  Officer  since  March  2000;  Vice
President  and  Chief  Financial  Officer,  The  Mead  Corporation  (1993-1999). 
Service with the Company – 3 years. 

47  Senior  Vice  President  since  August  1999,  and  President  of  the  Supply
Solutions  Business  since  March  2000;  Group  President,  McKesson  General
Medical  (1997-2000);  Executive  Vice  President,  McKesson  Health  Systems
(1996-1997).  Service with the Company – 7 years. 

16

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

Name 

Graham O. King ...................

Paul E. Kirincic ....................

Ivan D. Meyerson .................

Marc E. Owen.......................

Cheryl T. Smith .................... 

Position with Registrant and Business Experience 

Age 
63  Senior Vice President and President, Information Solutions Business since July 
1999.  Group President, Outsourcing Services, HBOC (1998-1999); Chairman 
and Chief Executive Officer, U.S. Servis, Inc. (1994-1998).  Service with the 
Company – 4 years. 

52  Senior Vice President – Human Resources since January 2001;  Vice President, 
Human  Resources,  Consumer  Health  Sector,  Warner  Lambert  (1998-2001); 
Vice  President,  Human  Resources,  Whirlpool  Europe,  Whirlpool  Corporation
(1996-1998).  Service with the Company – 2 years. 

58  Corporate Secretary since April 1999, and Senior Vice President and General
Counsel  since  January  1999;  Vice  President  and  General  Counsel  (1987-
January 1999).  Service with the Company – 25 years. 

43  Senior  Vice  President,  Corporate  Strategy  and  Business  Development  since 
October  2001;  consultant  to  the  Company  April  2001-September  2001,  when 
he  joined  the  Company;  President  and  CEO,  MindCrossing  (April-November 
2000); Senior Partner, McKinsey and Company (1987-2000).  Service with the 
Company – 1 year, 7 months. 

51  Senior  Vice  President  and  Chief  Information  Officer  since  October  2002;
Senior  Vice  President  and  Chief  Information  Officer,  KeySpan  Corporation
and  President,  KeySpan  Technologies,  Inc.  (1998-August  2002);  Vice 
President, IS – Strategic Systems, Verizon, Inc. (1994-1998).  Service with the 
Company – 7 months. 

PART II 

Item 5. 

Market for the Registrant’s Common Stock and Related Stockholder Matters 

(a)  Market Information:  The principal market on which the Company’s common stock is traded is the New York 
Stock  Exchange.    The  Company’s  common  stock  is  also  traded  on  the  Pacific  Exchange,  Inc.  High  and  low 
prices  for  the  common  stock  by  quarter  are  included  in  Financial  Note  22  to  the  consolidated  financial 
statements, “Quarterly Financial Information (Unaudited),” appearing in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. 

(b)  Holders:  The number of record holders of the Company’s common stock at March 31, 2003 was approximately 

12,800. 

(c)  Dividends:    Dividend  information  is  included  in  Financial  Note  22  to  the  consolidated  financial  statements, 

“Quarterly Financial Information (Unaudited),” appearing in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. 

Item 6. 

Selected Financial Data 

Selected financial data is presented in the Five-Year Highlights of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. 

Item 7. 

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Results of Operations and Financial Condition  

Management’s  discussion  and  analysis  of  the  Company’s  results  of  operations  and  financial  condition  are 

presented in the Financial Review section of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. 

Item 7A.  Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk 

Information required by this item is included in the Financial Review section of this Annual Report on  

Form 10-K. 

17

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Item 8. 

Financial Statements and Supplementary Data 

McKESSON CORPORATION 

Financial Statements and Supplementary Data are included as separate sections of this Annual Report on Form 

10-K.  See Item 15. 

Item 9. 

Changes In and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure 

Not applicable. 

PART III 

Item 10. 

Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrant 

Information with respect to Directors of the Company is incorporated by reference from the Company’s 2003 
Proxy  Statement  (the  “Proxy  Statement”).    Certain  information  relating  to  Executive  Officers  of  the  Company 
appears in Item 4 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.  The information with respect to this item required by Item 
405 of Regulation S-K is incorporated by reference from the Proxy Statement. 

Item 11. 

Executive Compensation 

Information with respect to this item is incorporated by reference from the Proxy Statement. 

Item 12. 

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder 
Matters  

Information about security ownership of certain beneficial owners and management is incorporated by reference 

from the Proxy Statement. 

The  following  table  sets  forth  information  as  of  March  31,  2003  with  respect  to  the  plans  under  which  the 

Company’s common stock is authorized for issuance: 

Plan category 
Equity compensation plans approved by 
security holders(1) 
Equity compensation plans not approved by 
security holders(3),(4) 
Total 

(a) 

(b) 

Number of securities 
to be issued upon 
exercise of 
outstanding options, 
warrants and rights 

Weighted-average 
exercise price of 
outstanding options, 
warrants and rights 

(c) 
Number of securities 
remaining available for 
future issuance under 
equity compensation 
plans (excluding 
securities reflected in 
column (a)) 

21,916,456 

 $  48.80 

 14,491,250 (2) 

37,351,337 
59,267,793 

 $  34.35 
 $  39.69 

 14,730,117 
 29,221,367 

(1)  Includes  the  1973  Stock  Purchase  Plan,  the  1994  Stock  Option  and  Restricted  Stock  Plan,  the  1997  Non-Employee 

Directors’ Equity Compensation and Deferral Plan and the Employee Stock Purchase Plan (“ESPP”). 

(2)  Includes 6,290,950 shares which remained available for purchase under the ESPP at March 31, 2003.  On April 30, 2003 a 
purchase of shares occurred on behalf of participants reducing the number of shares available under the ESPP to 5,662,308. 

(3)  Includes the broad-based 1999 Stock Option and Restricted Stock Plan, the 1998 Canadian Stock Incentive Plan, the 1999 
Executive Stock Purchase Plan, a small assumed sharesave scheme (similar to the ESPP) in the United Kingdom (the “U.K. 
Sharesave Scheme”) and two stock option plans. 

(4)  As  a  result  of  acquisitions,  the  Company  currently  has  20  assumed  option  plans  under  which  options  are  exercisable  for 
4,670,996  shares  of  Company  common  stock.    No  further  awards  will  be  made  under  any  of  the  assumed  plans  and 
information regarding the assumed options is not included in the table above. 

18

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

The following are descriptions of equity plans that have been approved by the Company’s stockholders.  The 
plans  are  administered  by  the  Compensation  Committee  of  the  Board  of  Directors,  except  for  the  Directors’  Plan 
(defined below) which is administered by the Committee on Directors and Corporate Governance.  

1994 Stock Option and Restricted Stock Plan (the “1994 Plan”):  The 1994 Plan was adopted by the Board of 
Directors in 1994 and provides for the grant of approximately 41.2 million shares, which includes awards granted 
under predecessor plans, in the form of nonqualified stock options or incentive stock options (“ISOs”), as defined 
under  Section 422  of  the  Internal  Revenue  Code  (“the  Code”),  with  or  without  tandem  stock  appreciation  rights 
(“SARs”),  or  restricted  stock.    Options  granted  under  the  1994  Plan  are  generally  subject  to  the  same  terms  and 
conditions as those granted under the 1999 Plan, discussed below, except that under the 1994 Plan only executive 
officers of the Company are eligible to receive option grants.  

1997  Non-Employee  Directors’  Equity  Compensation  and  Deferral  Plan  (the  “Directors’  Plan”):    The 
Directors’ Plan was adopted in 1997 and provides for the grant of approximately 1.3 million shares in the form of 
nonqualified stock options or restricted stock units to non-employee directors of the Company.  Shares subject to 
option grants which cease to be exercisable shall not be counted against the number of shares available under the 
Directors’ Plan.  Restricted stock units (described below), whether or not distributed in the form of restricted stock, 
will be counted against the number of shares available.  

Under  the  Director’s  Plan,  each  director  receives  an  annual  stock  option  grant  (“Annual  Grants”)  of  7,500 
option shares.  In addition, each director is required to defer 50% of his or her annual retainer into either Restricted 
Stock Units (“RSUs”) or nonqualified stock options (“Retainer Options”), and may also elect to defer the remaining 
50% of the annual retainer into RSUs or Retainer Options or the Company’s deferred compensation administration 
plan (DCAP II), or may elect to receive cash.  Meeting fees and Committee Chair annual retainers may be deferred 
into RSUs or DCAP II or may be paid in cash.   

Both Annual Grants and Retainer Options are granted at not less than fair market value on the date of grant.  
The number of Retainer Options granted or RSUs credited is determined based on defined formulas.  Both Annual 
Grants  and  Retainer  Options  have  a  term  of  ten  years.    Retainer  Options  granted  prior  to  May 29,  2002  and  all 
Annual  Grants  fully  vest  one  year  from  date  of  grant.    Retainer  Options  granted  on  or  after  May  29,  2002  are 
immediately vested upon grant.  Each RSU entitles the holder, upon distribution, to receive one share of common 
stock or a cash payment equal to either the fair market value of one share of common stock.  RSUs terminate upon 
the  occurrence  of  a  change  of  control,  whereby  common  stock  to  be  issued  in  respect  of  all  RSUs  will  be 
immediately distributed.  

1973  Stock  Purchase  Plan  (the  “SPP”):    The  SPP  was  adopted  by  the  stockholders  of  the  Company’s 
predecessor in 1973.  The Company’s stockholders approved an additional 2.5 million shares to be issued under the 
SPP in 1999, which remain available for issuance under the SPP. Rights to purchase shares are granted under the 
SPP to key employees of the Company as determined by the Compensation Committee of the Board.  Members of 
the  Committee  are  not  eligible  to  receive  awards  under  the  SPP.    The  purchase  price  to  be  paid  in  cash  or  using 
promissory notes of the Company common stock subject to rights granted under the SPP is the fair market value of 
such stock on the date the right is exercised.  

2000  ESPP:  The  ESPP  is  intended  to  qualify  as  an  “employee  stock  purchase  plan”  within  the  meaning  of 
Section 423  of  the  Code.    In  March  2002,  the  Board  amended  the  ESPP  to  allow  for  participation  in  the  plan  by 
employees of certain of the Company’s international and other subsidiaries.  As to those employees, the ESPP does 
not so qualify.  Currently, 11.1 million shares have been authorized for issuance under the ESPP.  

The ESPP is implemented through a continuous series of 24-month offerings beginning on the first trading day 
on  or  after  each  May  1  and  November  1  (the  “Offering  Dates”)  and  ending  on  the  last  trading  day  of  the  month 
which is 24 months later (the “Offering Periods”) and six-month periods beginning on each May 1 and November 1 
and ending on the following October 31 and April 30, during which contributions may be made toward the purchase 
of common stock under the plan (“Purchase Periods”).   

 Each  eligible  employee  may  elect,  at  least  ten  days  prior  to  any  Offering  Date,  to  authorize  regular  payroll 
deductions during the next succeeding Purchase Period, the amount of which may not exceed 15% of a participant’s 
compensation.  At the end of each Purchase Period, the funds withheld by each participant will be used to purchase 
shares of the Company’s common stock.  The purchase price of each share of the Company’s common stock will be 
the lesser of (i) 85% of the fair market value of such share on the first day of the Offering Period; or (ii) 85% of the 

19

 
 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

fair market value of such share on the last day of the applicable Purchase Period.  In general, the maximum number 
of  shares  of  common  stock  that  may  be  purchased  by  a  participant  for  each  Purchase  Period  is  determined  by 
dividing $12,500 by the fair market value of one share of common stock on the Offering Date.  

The  following  are  descriptions  of  equity  plans  that  have  not  been  submitted  for  approval  by  the  Company’s 

stockholders:  

1999 Stock Option and Restricted Stock Plan (the “Plan”):  The Plan was adopted by the Board of Directors in 
1999.    The  Plan  provides  for  the  grant  of  45.2  million  shares  in  the  form  of  nonqualified  stock  options,  with  or 
without  SARs  or  restricted  stock.    Shares  subject  to  option  grants  which  cease  to  be  exercisable  continue  to  be 
available  for  subsequent  option  grants.    Options  may  be  granted  under  the  Plan  to  eligible  employees  of  the 
Company.  No executive officers or directors participate in this Plan.  

 Options are granted at not less than fair market value and have a term of ten years.  Options generally become 
exercisable  in  four  equal  annual  installments  beginning one  year  after  the  grant  date,  or  after  four  years  from  the 
date of grant.  Restricted stock granted under the Plan contains certain restrictions on transferability and may not be 
transferred until such restrictions lapse.  Such shares will be forfeited if the grantee’s continuous employment with 
the  Company  is  terminated  (except  as  provided  in  the  Plan  or  in  the  agreement  evidencing  the  restricted  stock 
award)  prior  to  the  lapsing  of  the  restrictions  (generally  two  to  four  years)  or  if  performance  goals  set  forth  as  a 
condition  to  the  lapsing  of  restrictions  has  not  been  attained.    Grantees  may  elect  to  use  stock  to  satisfy  any 
withholding tax obligation upon the lapsing of restrictions on restricted stock awards.  Both options and restricted 
stock  awards  are  subject  to  special  rules  regarding  forfeiture  in  situations  when  a  participant  engages  in  actions 
specified  as  being  detrimental  to  the  Company.    The  Plan  also  provides  that  outstanding  options  become 
immediately exercisable and the restrictions on restricted stock awards immediately lapse upon the occurrence of a 
change of control of the Company.  

1998 Canadian Stock Incentive Plan (the “Canadian Plan”):  The Canadian Plan was adopted by the Board of 
Directors  in  January  1998, following  the  Company’s  acquisition  of  a  Canadian  company,  to  provide  nonqualified 
stock options, with or without tandem SARs, to eligible employees of the Canadian company.  The Canadian Plan 
has  subsequently  been  amended  to  allow  for  the  grant  of  stock  options  to  employees  of  any  of  the  Company’s 
Canadian  subsidiaries.    A  total  of  0.9  million  shares  have  been  authorized  for  issuance  under  the  Canadian  Plan. 
Options  granted under  the  Canadian  Plan  are generally  subject  to  the  same  terms  and conditions  as  those granted 
under the 1999 Plan, discussed above, except that (i) options may be granted for less than the fair market value of 
the Company’s common stock on the date of grant, and (ii) all options will become immediately exercisable upon an 
employee’s disability or death and must be exercised within three years of such date.  

Stock Option Plans Adopted in January 1999 and August 1999: On January 27, 1999 and August 25, 1999 the 
Board  of  Directors  adopted  certain  stock  option  plans  (the  “January  1999  Plan”  and  the  “August  1999  Plan”,  or 
together  the  “Plans”)  to  provide  stock  options  to  purchase  shares  of  the  Company’s  common  stock  to  eligible 
employees of the Company.  A maximum of 5.2 million and 5.8 million shares of common stock were authorized 
for issuance under the January 1999 and August 1999 Plans.  In each case the Plans state that: (i) under each of the 
Plans no single officer or director of the Company or any subsidiary could acquire more than 1% of the Company’s 
common  stock  outstanding  at  the  time  the  Plans  were  adopted,  and  (ii)  each  of  the  Plans,  together  with  all  stock 
option  or  purchase  plans,  or  any  other  arrangements  pursuant  to  which officers  or  directors  of  the  Company  may 
acquire common stock (other than stock plans for which stockholder approval is not required under Section 312.03 
of the NYSE Rules), does not authorize the issuance of more than 5% of the Company’s common stock outstanding 
at the time the Plans were adopted (collectively the “NYSE Limits”).  Options were granted under each of the Plans 
to eligible employees of the Company.  No further grants will be made from either of the Plans. 

Options are granted at not less than fair market value and have a term of ten years.  Under the January 1999 
Plan,  the  option  generally  becomes  exercisable  over  four  years,  with  the  first  50% occurring  two  years  following 
grant,  and  25%  each  vesting  on  the  third  and  fourth  anniversary  of  the  grant  date.    Under  the  August  1999  Plan, 
options generally become exercisable in four equal annual installments beginning one year after the grant date, or 
after four years from the date of grant.   

The  Plans  provide  that  outstanding  options  become  fully  vested  and  immediately  exercisable  upon  the 
occurrence  of  the  optionee’s  death,  long-term  disability,  retirement  (subject  to  certain  conditions)  or  a  change  of 
control of the Company.  In addition, awards made under the Plans are subject to special rules regarding forfeiture in 
situations  when  a  participant  engages  in  actions  deemed  to  be  detrimental  to  the  Company,  as  specified  in  the 
Statement of Terms & Conditions for the Plans. 

20

 
 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

Restricted Stock Plan Adopted in January 2000 (the “January 2000 Plan”):  On January 31, 2000 the Board of 
Directors  adopted  the  January  2000  Plan,  a  restricted  stock  plan,  to  make  grants  of  restricted  stock  to  eligible 
employees of the Company.  A maximum of 0.5 million shares of common stock was authorized for issuance under 
the January 2000 Plan.  No further grants will be made from the January 2000 Plan.  

Restricted stock granted under the January 2000 Plan contain certain restrictions on transferability and may not 
be  transferred  until  such  restrictions  lapse  (generally  four  years).    Such  shares  will  be  forfeited  if  the  grantee’s 
continuous  employment  with  the  Company  is  terminated,  except  as  provided  in  the  Plan  or  in  the  agreement 
evidencing the restricted stock, prior to the lapsing of the restrictions.  If a grantee’s employment with the Company 
terminates as a result of his or her death, disability or retirement (subject to certain conditions), the restrictions on 
restricted stock awards shall lapse upon the date of such termination.  In addition, awards under the January 2000 
Plan are subject to special rules regarding forfeiture in situations when a participant engages in actions specified as 
being detrimental to the Company.  

1999 Executive Stock Purchase Plan (the “1999 SPP”):  The 1999 SPP was adopted by the Board of Directors 
in February 1999.  The 1999 SPP provided for the grant of rights to purchase a maximum of 0.7 million shares of 
common stock subject to the NYSE Limits.  No further grants will be made from the 1999 SPP. Rights to purchase 
shares were granted under the 1999 SPP to eligible employees of the Company.  Non-employee directors were not 
permitted to participate in the Plan.  The purchase price to be paid in cash or using promissory notes of the Company 
common stock subject to rights granted under the 1999 SPP was equal to the fair market value of the Company’s 
common stock on the date the right was exercised (which was the closing price of the Company’s common stock on 
the NYSE).  Purchases were evidenced by written stock purchase agreements which provide for the payment of the 
purchase price by (i) payment in cash, or (ii) a promissory note payable on a repayment schedule determined by the 
Compensation Committee of the Board, or (iii) a combination of (i) and (ii).  

HBOC 1994 UK Sharesave Scheme (the “1994 Scheme”):  In connection with the acquisition by the Company 
of HBOC, we assumed the HBOC 1994 Scheme which is similar to the ESPP, under which 228,108 shares remain 
available  for  issuance.    Employees  and previous  directors  of HBOC  and  its  subsidiaries,  who  are  residents of  the 
United Kingdom, are eligible to receive options under the 1994 Scheme.  The exercise price of the stock covered by 
each  option  shall  not  be  less  than  85%  of  the  fair  market  value  of  the  Company’s  common  stock  on  the  date  the 
option  is  granted.    Participants  under  the  1994  Scheme  pay  for  options  through  monthly  contributions,  subject  to 
minimum and maximum monthly limits.  If, after three years from the date an option was granted to a participant, 
the  participant  is  terminated  by  reason  of  his  or  her  death,  disability,  retirement,  change  of  control  or  any  other 
reason other than for cause, the participant may exercise the option for a period of three years. 

Item 13. 

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions 

Information with respect to certain transactions with management is incorporated by reference from the Proxy 
Statement.  Additional information regarding related party transactions is included in the Financial Review section 
of  this  Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K  and  Financial  Note  20,  “Related  Party  Balances  and  Transactions,”  to  the 
consolidated financial statements. 

Item 14. 

Controls and Procedures 

Within  the  90-day  period  prior  to  the  filing  of  this  report,  the  Company’s  management,  including  the  Chief 
Executive  Officer  and  Chief  Financial  Officer,  have  evaluated  the  effectiveness  of  the  Company’s  disclosure 
controls and procedures.  The Company’s disclosure controls and procedures are designed to ensure that it records, 
processes, summarizes and reports in a timely manner the information the Company must disclose in its reports filed 
under the Securities Exchange Act. 

Based on that evaluation, the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that the Company's 
disclosure controls and procedures were effective as of the date of that evaluation.  In addition, there have been no 
significant changes in the Company’s internal controls, or in factors that could significantly affect internal controls, 
subsequent to the date the Company’s management completed their evaluation.   

It  should  be  noted  that  a  control  system,  no  matter  how  well  designed  and  operated,  can  provide  only 
reasonable, not absolute, assurance that the objectives of the control system are met.  As a result, there can be no 
assurance that a control system will succeed in preventing all possible instances of error and fraud.    

21

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

PART IV 

Item 15. 

Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedule, and Reports on Form 8-K 

(a)  Financial Statements, Financial Statement Schedule and Exhibits 

Consolidated Financial Statements and Independent Auditors’ Report: 
See “Index to Consolidated Financial Information”...................................................................................

Supplementary Consolidated Financial Statement Schedule— 
Valuation and Qualifying Accounts ...........................................................................................................

Page  

31 

26 

Financial statements and schedules not included have been omitted because of the absence of 
conditions under which they are required or because the required information, where material, is 
shown in the financial statements, financial notes or supplementary financial information. 

Exhibits: 
Exhibits submitted with this Annual Report on Form 10-K as filed with the SEC and those 
incorporated by reference to other filings are listed on the Exhibit Index..................................................

27 

 (b)  Reports on Form 8-K 

There were no reports on Form 8-K filed during the three months ended March 31, 2003. 

The following report on Form 8-K was filed during the period between April 1, 2003 and the date of this filing: 

Form  8-K  dated  and  filed  April  29,  2003  relating  to  a  press  release  announcing  the  Company’s  preliminary 
results for its fourth quarter and fiscal year ended March 31, 2003. 

22

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

SIGNATURES 

Pursuant  to  the  requirements  of  Section  13  of  15(d)  of  the  Securities  Exchange  Act  of  1934,  the 
Registrant  had  duly  caused  this  report  to  be  signed  on  its  behalf  by  the  undersigned,  thereunto  duly 
authorized. 

Dated:  June 5, 2003   

MCKESSON CORPORATION 

By  /s/ William R. Graber   
      William R. Graber 
        Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer 

Pursuant  on  behalf  of  the  Registrant  and  to  the  requirements  of  the  Securities  Act  of  1934,  this 

report has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities and on the date indicated: 

* 

John H. Hammergren 
Chairman, President, Chief Executive Officer and Director 
(Principal Executive Officer) 

* 

William R. Graber 
Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer 
(Principal Financial Officer) 

* 

Nigel A. Rees 
Vice President and Controller 
(Principal Accounting Officer) 

* 
Tully M. Friedman, Director 

Alton F. Irby III, Director 

* 

M. Christine Jacobs, Director 

* 

Marie L. Knowles,  Director 

* 

Robert W. Matschullat, Director 

* 

* 
James V. Napier, Director 

* 
Carl E. Reichardt, Director 

Jane E. Shaw, Director 

* 

* 
Richard F. Syron, Director 

  /s/ Ivan D. Meyerson 
Ivan D. Meyerson 
*Attorney-in-Fact 

Dated: June 5, 2003 

23

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

CERTIFICATION 

I, John H. Hammergren, certify that:  

1. 

I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of McKesson Corporation (the “Registrant”); 

2.  Based on my knowledge, this annual report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to 
state  a  material  fact  necessary  to  make  the  statements  made,  in  light  of  the  circumstances  under  which  such 
statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this annual report; 

3.  Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this annual report, 
fairly  present  in  all  material  respects  the  financial  condition,  results  of  operations  and  cash  flows  of  the 
Registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this annual report; 

4.  The  Registrant’s  other  certifying  officer  and  I  are  responsible  for  establishing  and  maintaining  disclosure 
controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a - 14 and 15d - 14) for the Registrant and have: 

(a)  designed  such  disclosure  controls  and  procedures  to  ensure  that  material  information  relating  to  the 
Registrant,  including  its  consolidated  subsidiaries,  is  made  known  to  us  by  others  within  those  entities, 
particularly during the period in which this annual report is being prepared; 

(b)  evaluated  the  effectiveness  of  the  Registrant’s  disclosure  controls  and  procedures  as  of  a  date  within  90 

days prior to the filing date of this annual report (the “Evaluation Date”); and 

(c)  presented  in  this  annual  report  our  conclusions  about  the  effectiveness  of  the  disclosure  controls  and 

procedures based on our evaluation as of the Evaluation Date; 

5.  The  Registrant’s  other  certifying  officer  and  I  have  disclosed,  based  on  our  most  recent  evaluation,  to  the 

Registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of Registrant’s board of directors: 

(a)  all significant deficiencies in the design or operation of internal controls which could adversely affect the 
Registrant’s  ability  to  record,  process,  summarize  and  report  financial  data  and  have  identified  for  the 
Registrant’s auditors any material weaknesses in internal controls; and 

(b)  any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant 

role in the Registrant’s internal controls; and 

6.  The Registrant’s other certifying officer and I have indicated in this annual report whether there were significant 
changes in internal controls or in other factors that could significantly affect internal controls subsequent to the 
date of our most recent evaluation, including any corrective actions with regard to significant deficiencies and 
material weaknesses. 

Date: June 5, 2003 

/s/ John H. Hammergren 
John H. Hammergren 
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer 

24

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

CERTIFICATION  

I, William R. Graber, certify that:  

1. 

I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of McKesson Corporation (the “Registrant”); 

2.  Based on my knowledge, this annual report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to 
state  a  material  fact  necessary  to  make  the  statements  made,  in  light  of  the  circumstances  under  which  such 
statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this annual report; 

3.  Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this annual report, 
fairly  present  in  all  material  respects  the  financial  condition,  results  of  operations  and  cash  flows  of  the 
Registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this annual report; 

4.  The  Registrant’s  other  certifying  officer  and  I  are  responsible  for  establishing  and  maintaining  disclosure 
controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a - 14 and 15d - 14) for the Registrant and have: 

(a)  designed  such  disclosure  controls  and  procedures  to  ensure  that  material  information  relating  to  the 
Registrant,  including  its  consolidated  subsidiaries,  is  made  known  to  us  by  others  within  those  entities, 
particularly during the period in which this annual report is being prepared; 

(b)  evaluated  the  effectiveness  of  the  Registrant’s  disclosure  controls  and  procedures  as  of  a  date  within  90 

days prior to the filing date of this annual report (the “Evaluation Date”); and 

(c)  presented  in  this  annual  report  our  conclusions  about  the  effectiveness  of  the  disclosure  controls  and 

procedures based on our evaluation as of the Evaluation Date; 

5.  The  Registrant’s  other  certifying  officer  and  I  have  disclosed,  based  on  our  most  recent  evaluation,  to  the 

Registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of Registrant’s board of directors: 

(a)  all significant deficiencies in the design or operation of internal controls which could adversely affect the 
Registrant’s  ability  to  record,  process,  summarize  and  report  financial  data  and  have  identified  for  the 
Registrant’s auditors any material weaknesses in internal controls; and 

(b)  any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant 

role in the Registrant’s internal controls; and 

6.  The Registrant’s other certifying officer and I have indicated in this annual report whether there were significant 
changes in internal controls or in other factors that could significantly affect internal controls subsequent to the 
date of our most recent evaluation, including any corrective actions with regard to significant deficiencies and 
material weaknesses. 

Date: June 5, 2003 

 /s/ William R. Graber 
William R. Graber 
Senior Vice President and Chief  
Financial Officer 

25

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

SCHEDULE II 

SUPPLEMENTARY CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULE 
VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS 
For the Years Ended March 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001 
(In millions) 

Description 

Year Ended March 31, 2003 
Allowances for doubtful accounts ............   $ 
Other allowances ......................................    

$ 

Year Ended March 31, 2002 
Allowances for doubtful accounts ............   $ 
Other allowances ......................................    

$ 

Year Ended March 31, 2001 
Allowances for doubtful accounts ............   $ 
Other allowances ......................................    

$ 

Additions 

Balance at 
Beginning of 
Year 

Charged to 
Costs and 
Expenses 

Charged to 
Other Accounts

Deductions 
From Allowance 
Accounts (1) 

Balance at End 
of Year (2) 

289.3 
30.0 
319.3 

384.1 
36.6 
420.7 

236.5 
39.0 
275.5 

$

$

$

$

$

$

68.7 
13.4 
82.1 

61.7 
4.8 
66.5 

  $

$

  $

$

240.0 (3)   $
8.4 
248.4 

$

4.2 
0.2 
4.4 

3.6 
- 
3.6 

9.1 
- 
9.1 

$

$

$

$

$

$

(101.1) (3) $ 
(14.6) 
(115.7)  $ 

(160.1)  $ 

(11.4) 
(171.5)  $ 

(101.5)  $ 

(10.8) 
(112.3)  $ 

261.1 
29.0 
290.1 

289.3 
30.0 
319.3 

384.1 
36.6 
420.7 

2003 

2002 

2001 

(1)  Deductions: 
  Written off.............................................................................................  $ 
Credited to other accounts ................................................................. 
Total .......................................................................................................  $ 

88.1 
27.6   
115.7 

  $ 

  $ 

171.5 
- 
171.5 

  $ 

  $ 

(2)  Amounts shown as deductions from: 

Current receivables .............................................................................  $ 
Notes receivable and other assets..................................................... 
Total .......................................................................................................  $ 

285.4 
4.7 
290.1 

  $ 

  $ 

319.3 
- 
319.3 

  $ 

  $ 

108.7 
3.6 
112.3 

420.1 
0.6 
420.7 

(3)  Includes  $22.3  million  reversal  of  the  allowance  to  income  in  2003  and  charges  of  $161.1  million  in  2001  for  customer 

settlements within our Information Solutions segment.   

26

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

EXHIBIT INDEX 

Exhibits identified in parentheses below are on file with the Commission and are incorporated by reference as 

exhibits hereto. 

Exhibit 
Number 

Description 

2.1  Agreement  and  Plan of  Merger,  dated  as  of  October  17, 1998, by  and among  the  Company,  McKesson
Merger  Sub,  Inc.  (“Merger  Sub”)  and  HBOC  (“Merger  Agreement”)  (Exhibit  2.1  to  the  Company’s
Registration Statement on Form S-4, No. 333-67299, filed on November 27, 1998). 
Amendment  Agreement  dated  as  of  November  9,  1998,  to  Merger  Agreement  (Exhibit  2.2  to  the
Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-4, No. 333-67299 filed on November 27, 1998).  
Second Amendment Agreement to Merger Agreement dated as of November 9, 1998 (Exhibit 2.1 to the
Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, dated January 14, 1999). 

2.3 

2.2 

3.1 

3.2 

3.3 

4.1 

4.2 

4.3 

4.4 

Certificate  of  Amendment  of  Restated  Certificate  of  Incorporation  of  the  Company  as  filed  with  the
Delaware Secretary of State on August 1, 2002 (Exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form
10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2002, File No. 1-13252). 
Restated  Certificate  of  Incorporation  of  the  Company  as  filed  with  the  Delaware  Secretary  of  State  on
November 9, 2001 (Exhibit 3.2 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended 
June 30, 2002, File No. 1-13252). 
Amended and Restated By-Laws of the Company dated as of July 31, 2002 (Exhibit 3.2 to the Company’s
Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended September 30, 2002, File No. 1-13252). 
Rights Agreement dated as of October 21, 1994 between the Company and First Chicago Trust Company
of New York, as Rights Agent (Exhibit 4.1 to Amendment No. 3 to the Company’s Registration Statement 
on Form 10, filed on October 27, 1994). 
Amendment No. 1 to the Rights Agreement dated as of October 19, 1998 (Exhibit 99.1 to the Company’s
Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 1998, File No. 1-13252). 
Indenture, dated as of March 11, 1997, between the Company, as Issuer, and The First National Bank of
Chicago, as Trustee (Exhibit 4.4 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended 
March 31, 1997, File No. 1-13252). 
Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust of McKesson Financing Trust, dated as of February 20, 1997,
among the Company, The First National Bank of Chicago, as Institutional Trustee, First Chicago, Inc., as
Delaware  Trustee  and  the  Regular  Trustees  (Exhibit  4.2  to  Amendment  No.  1  to  the  Company’s 
Registration Statement on Form S-8, Registration No. 333-26433, filed on June 18, 1997). 

4.6 

4.5  McKesson  Corporation  Preferred  Securities  Guarantee  Agreement,  dated  as  of  February  20,  1997,
between  the  Company,  as  Guarantor,  and  The  First  National  Bank  of  Chicago,  as  Preferred  Guarantor 
(Exhibit 4.7 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-3, Registration No. 333-26433, filed on 
May 2, 1997). 
Indenture, dated as of January 29, 2002, between the Company, as Issuer and the Bank of New York, as 
Trustee (Exhibit 4.6 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended March 31, 
2002, File No. 1-3252). 
7.75%  Notes  due  2012  (Exhibit  4.7  to  the  Company’s  Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K  for  the fiscal  year 
ended March 31, 2002, File No 1-3252). 

4.7 

10.1  McKesson Corporation 1994 Stock Option and Restricted Stock Plan, as amended through July 31, 2001
(Exhibit 10.4 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2002, 
File No 1-13252). 

10.2  McKesson Corporation 1999 Stock Option and Restricted Stock Plan, as amended through July 31, 2002. 
Statement  of  Terms  and  Conditions  Applicable  to  certain  Stock  Options  granted  on  August  16,  1999
10.3 
(Exhibit 10.38 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2000, 
File No. 1-13252). 
Statement  of Terms  and  Conditions Applicable to certain Restricted Stock granted on January 31, 2000
(Exhibit 10.39 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2000, 
File No. 1-13252). 

10.4 

27

 
 
 
 
 
 
Exhibit 
Number 

McKESSON CORPORATION 

Description 

10.5  McKesson  Corporation  1997  Non-Employee  Directors’  Equity  Compensation  and  Deferral  Plan,  as

amended through October 25, 2002. 

10.6  McKesson Corporation Restated Supplemental PSIP. 
10.7  McKesson  Corporation  Deferred  Compensation  Administration  Plan,  amended  as  of  January  27,  1999
(Exhibit 10.8 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended March 31, 1999, 
File No. 1-13252). 

10.8  McKesson Corporation Deferred Compensation Administration Plan II, as amended effective January 27, 
1999 (Exhibit 10.9 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended March 31, 
1999, File No. 1-13252). 

10.9  McKesson Corporation 1994 Option Gain Deferral Plan, as amended effective January 27, 1999 (Exhibit 
10.10 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended March 31, 1999, File No. 
1-13252). 

10.10  McKesson  Corporation  Directors’  Deferred Compensation Plan,  as  amended  effective  January  27, 1999
(Exhibit 10.11 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended March 31, 1999, 
File No. 1-13252). 

10.11  McKesson Corporation 1985 Executives’ Elective Deferred Compensation Plan, amended as of January
27, 1999 (Exhibit 10.12 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended March 
31, 1999, File No. 1-13252). 

10.12  McKesson  Corporation  Management  Deferred  Compensation  Plan,  amended  as  of  January  27,  1999
(Exhibit 10.13 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended March 31, 1999, 
File No. 1-13252). 

10.13  McKesson  Corporation  1984 Executive  Benefit  Retirement  Plan,  as  amended  through  January  27,  1999
(Exhibit 10.14 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended March 31, 1999, 
File No. 1-13252). 

10.14  McKesson  Corporation  1988  Executive  Survivor  Benefits  Plan,  as  amended  effective  January  27,  1999
(Exhibit 10.15 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended March 31, 1999, 
File No. 1-13252). 

10.15  McKesson  Corporation  Executive  Medical  Plan  Summary  (Exhibit  10.16  to  the  Company’s  Annual

Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended March 31, 1999, File No. 1-13252). 

10.16  McKesson Corporation Severance Policy for Executive Employees, as amended through January 27, 1999 
(Exhibit 10.17 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended March 31, 1999, 
File No. 1-13252). 

10.17  McKesson Corporation Management Incentive Plan, as amended through July 26, 2000 (Exhibit 10.17 to
the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2002, File No 1-13252).

10.18  McKesson Corporation Amended and Restated Long-Term Incentive Plan. 
10.19  McKesson Corporation Stock Purchase Plan, as amended July 31, 2002. 
10.20  McKesson Corporation 1999 Executive Stock Purchase Plan (Exhibit 99.1 to the Company’s Registration

Statement No. 333-71917 filed on February 5, 1999). 

10.21  Statement  of  Terms  and  Conditions  Applicable  to  Certain  Stock  Options  Granted  on  January  27,  1999
(Exhibit 10.28 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended March 31, 1999, 
File No. 1-13252). 

10.22  McKesson  Corporation  1998  Canadian  Stock  Incentive  Plan,  as  amended  through  October  26,  2001
(Exhibit 10.43 to the Company’s Annual Report on From 10-K for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2002, 
File No 1-13252). 

10.23  McKesson Corporation 2000 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, as amended through July 31, 2002. 
10.25  Receivables  Purchase  Agreement  dated  as  of  June  25,  1999  among  the  Company,  as  servicer,  CGSF
Funding  Corporation,  as  seller,  Preferred  Receivables  Funding  Corporation,  Falcon  Asset  Securitization
Corporation and Blue Ridge Asset Funding Corporation, as conduits, The First National Bank of Chicago
and Wachovia Bank, N.A., as managing agents, the several financial institutions from time to time party to 
the  Agreement,  and  The  First  National  Bank  of  Chicago,  as  collateral  agent  (Exhibit  10.33  to  the
Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2000, File No. 1-13252). 

28

 
 
 
 
Exhibit 
Number 

McKESSON CORPORATION 

Description 

10.26  First  Amendment  to  June  25,  1999  Receivables  Purchase  Agreement,  dated  as  of  September  29,  1999
(Exhibit 10.36 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2000, 
File No. 1-13252). 

10.27  Second  Amendment  to  June  25,  1999  Receivables  Purchase  Agreement,  dated  as  of  December  6,  1999
(Exhibit 10.37 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2000, 
File No. 1-13252). 

10.28  Third Amendment to June 25, 1999 Receivables Purchase Agreement dated as of June 16, 2000 (Exhibit 
10.26 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2001, File No 
1-13252). 

10.29  Fourth Amendment to June 25, 1999 Receivables Purchase Agreement, dated as of June 15, 2001 (Exhibit
10.42 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended September 30, 2001, File 
No. 1-13252). 

10.30  Fifth Amendment to June 25, 1999 Receivables Purchase Agreement, dated as of June 14, 2002. 
10.31  Sixth Amendment to June 25, 1999 Receivables Purchase Agreement, dated as of December 4, 2002. 
10.32  Credit Agreement dated as of November 10, 1998 among the Company, Medis Health and Pharmaceutical
Services  Inc.,  Bank  of  America  National  Trust  and  Savings  Association,  as  Agent,  Bank  of  America
Canada,  as  Canadian  Administrative  Agent,  The  Chase  Manhattan  Bank,  as  documentation  agent,  First
Union  National  Bank,  as  documentation  agent,  The  First  National  Bank  of  Chicago,  as  documentation
agent, and the other financial institutions party thereto (Exhibit 10.29 to the Company’s Annual Report on 
Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended March 31, 1999, File No. 1-13252). 

10.33  First Amendment to November 10, 1998 Credit Agreement, dated as of June 28, 1999 (Exhibit 10.33 to
the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2000, File No. 1-13252).
10.34  Second  Amendment  to  November  10,  1998  Credit  Agreement,  dated  as  of  December  1,  1999  (Exhibit
10.34 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2000, File No. 
1-13252). 

10.35  Syndicated Revolving Promissory Note dated as of May 28, 1999 among the Company, Bank of America
National Trust and Savings Association, as Agent, and the other noteholders’ signatures to the Note, Banc
of America L.L.C. as Sole Lead Arranger (Exhibit 10.40 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K 
for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2000, File No. 1-13252). 

10.36  Credit Agreement dated as of October 22, 1999 among the Company and the several financial institutions
from  time to time party to the Agreement (“Banks”), The Chase Manhattan Bank, First Union National
Bank, Morgan Guaranty Trust Company as documentation agents for Banks and Bank of America N.A. as
administrative  agent  for  Banks  (Exhibit  10.32  to  the  Company’s  Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K  for  the 
fiscal year ended March 31, 2000, File No. 1-13252). 

10.37  First Amendment to October 22, 1999 Credit Agreement dated as of October 10, 2000 (Exhibit 10.23 to
the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2001, File No. 1-13252).
10.38  Second Amendment to October 5, 2001 Credit Agreement dated as of October 22, 1999 (Exhibit 10.22 to
the Company’s Annual Report on From 10-K for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2002, File No 1-13252). 
10.39  Credit Agreement dated as of September 30, 2002 among the Company, McKesson Canada Corporation,

and a syndicate of financial institutions. 

10.40  Credit  Agreement  dated  as  of  September  30,  2002  between  the  Company  and  a  syndicate  of  financial

institutions. 

10.41  Purchase  Agreement  dated  as  of  December  31,  2002  between  McKesson  Capital  Corp.  and  General

Electric Capital Corporation. 

10.42  Services  Agreement  dated  as  of  December  31,  2002  between  McKesson  Capital  Corp.  and  General

Electric Capital Corporation. 

10.43  Stock  Purchase  Agreement,  dated  as  of  January  10,  2000,  by  and  among  the  Company,  Danone
International  Brands,  Inc.  and  Groupe  Danone  SA  (Exhibit  99.1  to  the  Company’s  Current  Report  on
Form 8-K dated February 1, 2000, File No. 1-13252). 

10.44  First Amendment to January 10, 2000 Stock Purchase Agreement, dated as of February 28, 2000 (Exhibit
99.1 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2000, File No. 1-
13252). 

29

 
 
 
 
Exhibit 
Number 

McKESSON CORPORATION 

Description 

10.45  Form of Termination Agreement by and between the Company and certain designated Corporate Officers 
(Exhibit 10.23 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended March 31, 1995, 
File No. 1-13252). 

10.46  Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, dated as of June 21, 1999, by and between the Company 
and its Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer (Exhibit 10.4 to the Company’s Annual Report
on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2000, File No. 1-13252). 

10.47  Employment  Agreement,  dated  as  of  June  21,  1999  by  and  between  the  Company  and  its  Senior  Vice 
President, President, Information Solutions Business (Exhibit 10.41 to the Company’s Annual Report on
Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2000, File No. 1-13252). 

10.48  Employment  Agreement, dated as of August 1, 1999 by and between the Company and its Senior Vice
President, President, Supply Solutions Business (Exhibit 10.42 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form
10-K for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2000, File No. 1-13252). 
List of Subsidiaries of the Company. 
Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP. 
Power of Attorney. 

21 
23 
24 
99.1  Certification Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the  

Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. 

99.2  Certification Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the  

Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. 

_______  

Registrant  agrees  to  furnish to  the Commission upon  request  a  copy  of  each  instrument  defining  the  rights of 
security holders with respect to issues of long-term debt of the Registrant, the authorized principal amount of which 
does not exceed 10% of the total assets of the Registrant 

30

 
 
 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL INFORMATION 

Five-Year Highlights 
Financial Review 
Independent Auditors’ Report 
Consolidated Financial Statements: 

Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended March 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001 
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of March 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001 
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity for the years ended March 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001 
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended March 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001 
Financial Notes 

Page 
32 
33 
53 

54 
55 
56 
57 
58 

31

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

FIVE-YEAR HIGHLIGHTS 

(In millions, except per share amounts and ratios) 

2003 (2) 

Operating Results 
Revenues 
  Percent change 
Gross profit  
Income from continuing operations before income taxes   
Income (loss) from continuing operations 
Income (loss) from discontinued operations 
Net income (loss) 

$

57,120.8   $ 
14.3%   

3,102.5  
861.6  
562.1  
(6.7)  
555.4  

As of and for the Years Ended March 31, (1) 
2002 (2) 

2001 

2000 

49,988.1   $ 

42,000.1 

  $ 

36,685.9   $ 

19.0%  

2,788.5  
612.3
421.8  
(3.2) 
418.6  

14.5% 

2,417.0 
14.8 
(43.3)  
(5.0)  
(48.3)  

22.4%  

2,210.9  
310.9 
183.3  
540.4  
723.7  

1999 

29,979.8   
35.9% 
2,312.8   
167.1   
60.1   
24.8   
84.9   

Financial Position 
Working capital 
Days sales outstanding for: (3) 
Customer receivables 
Inventories 
Drafts and accounts payable 

Total assets 
Total debt, including capital lease obligations 
Stockholders' equity 
Property acquisitions  

Common Share Information 
Common shares outstanding at year-end 
Shares on which earnings per common share were based  

Diluted  
Basic 

Diluted earnings (loss) per common share  

Continuing operations 
Discontinued operations 

Total 

Cash dividends declared (4) 
Cash dividends declared per common share(4) 
Book value per common share (5) 
Market value per common share – year end 

Supplemental Data 
Capital employed (6) 
Debt to capital ratio (7) 
Net debt to net capital employed (8) 
Average stockholders’ equity (9) 
Return on stockholders’ equity (10) 

Footnotes to Five Year Highlights:  

3,279.2  

3,112.8  

2,611.5 

2,839.0  

1,700.4   

26  
39  
43  
14,353.4  
1,300.9  
4,528.5  
116.0  

26  
44  
47  
13,325.9  
1,430.0  
3,940.1  
130.8  

26   
43   
45   

11,532.0 
1,230.0 
3,492.9 
158.0 

291.2  

298.8  
289.3  

1.90   
(0.02)  
1.88   
69.7  
0.24   
15.55   
24.93   

287.9

298.1  
285.2  

1.44  
(0.01) 
1.43  
68.5  
0.24  
13.68  
37.43  

284.0 

283.1 
283.1 

(0.15)   
(0.02)   
(0.17)   
68.3 
0.24 
12.30 
26.75 

28 
43 
40 
10,375.4  
1,259.9  
3,565.8  
144.1  

283.4 

284.2  
281.3  

0.65  
1.90  
2.55  
67.5  
0.24  
12.58  
21.00  

30   
41   
42   
9,084.3   
1,151.2   
2,881.8   
198.3   

280.6   

284.4   
275.2   

0.21   
0.09   
0.30   
84.9   
0.44   
10.27   
66.00   

6,025.7  

21.6%   
14.0%   

4,219.4  

13. 3%  

5,566.2  

4,918.8 

25.7%  
17.3%  

3,704.8  

11.4%  

25.0% 
17.5% 

3,611.8 

(1.2)%   

5,021.5  

25.1%  
14.8%  

3,117.9  

5.9%  

4,228.5   
27.2% 
22.4% 
2,773.3   
2.2% 

(1)  In 2003, a marketing fulfillment business was sold; financial results for this business have been presented as a discontinued 

operation and accordingly, all prior years have been reclassified. 

(2)  Fiscal  2003  and  2002  results  exclude  goodwill  amortization  in  accordance  with  our  adoption  of  Statement  of  Financial 

Accounting Standards No. 142, “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets.” 

(3)  Based on year-end balances and sales or cost of sales for the last 90 days of the year.  Days sales outstanding for customer 

receivables are adjusted to include accounts receivable sold. 

(4)  Cash  dividends  declared  and  dividends  per  common  share  amounts  do  not  reflect  the  effects  of  pooling  of  interests 
transactions  prior  to  the  adoption  of  Statement  of  Financial  Accounting  Standard  No.  141,  “Business  Combinations,”  in 
2002. 

(5)  Represents stockholders’ equity divided by year-end common shares outstanding. 
(6)  Consists of total debt, convertible preferred securities of subsidiary trust and stockholders’ equity. 
(7)  Ratio is computed as debt divided by capital employed. 
(8)  Ratio is computed as total debt, net of cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities (“net debt”), divided by net debt plus 

convertible preferred securities and stockholders’ equity. 
(9)  Represents a five-quarter average of stockholders’ equity. 
(10) Ratio is computed as income (loss) from continuing operations, divided by a five-quarter average of stockholders’ equity. 

32

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

FINANCIAL REVIEW 

Item 7.  Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Results of Operations and Financial Condition 

GENERAL 

Management’s  discussion  and  analysis  of  results  of  operations  and  financial  condition,  referred  to  as  the 
Financial Review, is intended to assist in the understanding and assessment of significant changes and trends related 
to the results of operations and financial position of the Company together with its subsidiaries.  This discussion and 
analysis should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and accompanying financial notes.  
The Company’s fiscal year begins on April 1 and ends on March 31.  Unless otherwise noted, all references in this 
document to a particular year shall mean the Company’s fiscal year. 

We  conduct  our  business  through  three  operating  segments:  Pharmaceutical  Solutions,  Medical-Surgical 
Solutions and Information Solutions.  See Financial Note 1 to the accompanying consolidated financial statements, 
“Significant Accounting Policies,” for a description of these segments. 

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS 

Overview: 

(In millions, except per share data) 
Revenues 

Excluding Sales to Customers’ Warehouses  
Sales to Customers’ Warehouses 

Total 

Years Ended March 31, 
2002 

2003 

2001 

$ 

$ 

42,287.9 
14,832.9 
57,120.8 

  $ 

  $ 

36,803.2    $ 
13,184.9   
49,988.1    $ 

31,270.3 
10,729.8 
42,000.1 

Segment Operating Profit (1) 
Income from Continuing Operations Before Income Taxes and 

$ 

Dividends on Preferred Securities of Subsidiary Trust 

Net Income (Loss)  
Diluted Earnings (Loss) Per Share 

1,147.7 

  $ 

888.7    $ 

368.6 

861.6 
555.4 

612.3   
418.6   

$ 

1.88    $ 

1.43    $ 

14.8 
(48.3) 
(0.17) 

(1)  Segment operating profit includes gross profit, net of operating expenses, other income and gain (loss) on investments for 

our three business segments. 

Revenues  increased  14%  to  $57.1  billion  in  2003  and  19%  to  $50.0  billion  in  2002.    Net  income  increased 
$136.8 million to $555.4 million in 2003 and $466.9 million to $418.6 million in 2002.  Diluted earnings per share 
increased $0.45 to $1.88 in 2003 and $1.60 to $1.43 in 2002.  Excluding the items noted below which were included 
in income from continuing operations, increases in operating profit, net income and earnings per share over the past 
two  years  primarily  reflect  revenue  growth  and  operating  margin  expansion  in  our  Pharmaceutical  Solutions 
segment and improved operating profit in our Information Solutions segment.  The increases were partially offset by 
a decline in operating profit in our Medical-Surgical Solutions segment in 2002.   

Results from continuing operations included the following significant items: 

− 

− 

− 

In  2003,  we  recorded  a  $51.0  million  provision  for  expected  losses  on  five  multi-year  international  contracts 
and a $22.3 million credit for the reversal of a portion of customer settlement reserves within our Information 
Solutions segment.  

In  2002,  we  recorded  restructuring  charges  of  $39.8  million  associated  with  various  consolidation  plans  and 
$22.0 million in pre-tax losses ($22.0 million after-tax gain) on the sale of three businesses.   

In 2001, we recorded $97.8 million of other-than-temporary investment losses primarily related to the decline in 
fair  value  of  our  WebMD  Inc.  (“WebMD”)  warrants,  a  $161.1  million  charge  for  estimated  customer 
settlements, and $194.8 million in restructuring charges primarily related to the discontinuance of our former 
iMcKesson segment.  Results for 2001 also include $49.4 million of goodwill amortization.  In accordance with 
Statement  of  Financial  Accounting  Standards  Board  (“SFAS”)  No.  142,  “Goodwill  and  Other  Intangible 
Assets,” we discontinued amortizing goodwill commencing in 2002. 

33

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

FINANCIAL REVIEW (Continued) 

In  2003,  we  sold  a  marketing  fulfillment  business  which  was  previously  included  in  our  Pharmaceutical 
Solutions  segment.    Financial  results  for  this  business  have  been  reclassified  and  presented  as  a  discontinued 
operation.  Net losses from this discontinued operation as well as adjustments relating to the 2000 divestiture of our 
Water Products business amounted to $6.7 million ($0.02 per diluted share) in 2003, $3.2 million ($0.01 per diluted 
share) in 2002, and $5.0 million ($0.02 per diluted share) in 2001.   

Revenues:  

(Dollars in millions) 
Pharmaceutical Solutions 
  Pharmaceutical Distribution & Services 

U.S. Healthcare 
U.S. Healthcare Sales to Customers’ Warehouses 

$ 

Total U.S. Healthcare 

  Canada 

Total Pharmaceutical Solutions 

Medical-Surgical Solutions 

Information Solutions 
  Software 
  Services  
  Hardware 

Total Information Solutions 

Total Revenues  
Revenues, Excluding Sales to Customers’ Warehouses: 
Pharmaceutical Solutions 
Medical-Surgical Solutions 
Information Solutions 

Total  

Years Ended March 31, 
2002 

2003 

2001 

34,982.5  $   
14,832.9 
49,815.4 
3,423.0 
53,238.4 

30,188.4    $ 
13,184.9   
43,373.3   
2,884.8   
46,258.1   

24,968.0 
10,729.8 
35,697.8 
2,644.7 
38,342.5 

2,743.4 

2,726.0   

2,715.8 

238.2 
799.8 
101.0 
1,139.0 

182.6   
736.1   
85.3   
1,004.0   

$ 

$ 

57,120.8  $   

49,988.1    $ 

38,405.5  $   

33,073.2    $ 

2,743.4 
1,139.0 

2,726.0   
1,004.0   

$ 

42,287.9  $   

36,803.2    $ 

133.6 
723.6 
84.6 
941.8 
42,000.1 

27,612.7 
2,715.8 
941.8 
31,270.3 

Revenues  increased  14%  in  2003  and  19%  in  2002.    Excluding  sales  to  customers’  warehouses,  revenues 
increased  15%  in  2003  and  18%  in  2002.    The  growth  in  revenues  was  primarily  driven  by  the  Pharmaceutical 
Solutions  segment,  which  accounted  for  more  than  90%  of  revenues.    Excluding  sales  to  customers’  warehouses, 
Pharmaceutical Solutions segment revenues increased 16% in 2003 compared to 20% in 2002.  Revenues were not 
materially impacted by business acquisitions. 

We believe that we have achieved this increase in sales volume due in large part to the wide range of products 
and services that we offer our customers from across the company using our One McKesson approach.  Our retail 
customers  have  benefited  from  our  service  offerings  and  programs  that  focus  on  broad  product  selection,  service 
levels, inventory carrying cost reductions, connectivity and automation technologies.  Institutional customers have 
benefited  from  our  focus  on  reducing  both  their  product  cost  and  internal  labor  and  logistics  costs,  as  well  as 
automation and information technologies that are designed to improve the quality of care.  Services available include 
pharmaceutical distribution, medical-surgical supply distribution, pharmaceutical dispensing automation, pharmacy 
outsourcing, clinical software and utilization reviews.  In addition, our ability to provide patient-assistance programs 
and the distribution of specialty products has also contributed to our increase in revenues.  These retail chain and 
institutional capabilities have resulted in the execution and implementation of significant long-term, multi-business 
unit contracts with major customers.  

Increases  in U.S.  Healthcare pharmaceutical  distribution revenues,  excluding sales  to  customers’  warehouses, 
reflect market growth rates as well as new customers in our pharmaceutical distribution business, new business that 
was  previously  direct  or  outside  the  distribution  channel  and  growth  in  our  automation,  specialty  pharmaceutical 
products, and pharmacy outsourcing services businesses.  Market growth rates reflect growing drug utilization and 
price increases, which are offset in part by the increased use of lower priced generics.   

34

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

FINANCIAL REVIEW (Continued) 

The customer mix of our U.S. pharmaceutical distribution revenues, excluding sales to customers’ warehouses, 

was as follows: 

Independents 
Retail Chains 
Institutions 
  Total 

2003 

2002 

2001 

21% 
39 
40 
100% 

22% 
41 
37 
100% 

24% 
42 
34 
100% 

U.S. pharmaceutical distribution sales to customers’ warehouses increased 12% in 2003 and 23% in 2002, as a 
result of growth from existing customers as well as, in 2002, the addition of a few significant retail chain customers.  
Sales  to  customers’  warehouses  represent  large  volume  sales  of  pharmaceuticals  to  major  self-warehousing 
drugstore chains whereby we act as an intermediary in the order and subsequent delivery of products directly from 
the manufacturer to the customers’ warehouses.  These sales provide a benefit to our customers in that they can use 
one source for both their direct store-to-store business and their warehouse business.  We also provide a significant 
benefit  to  manufacturers,  since  all  incoming  products  for  direct  store-to-store  deliveries  are  shipped  to  a  single 
McKesson location. 

Canadian  pharmaceutical  distribution  revenues  increased  19%  in  2003  and  9%  in  2002,  reflecting  market 
growth  rates  and  greater  sales  to  existing  customers.    Revenues  for  2003  also  benefited  from  increased  sales  of 
product that previously went direct from manufacturers, and to a lesser extent, favorable foreign exchange rates.   

Medical-Surgical  Solutions  segment  distribution  revenues  increased  nominally  over  the  past  two  years.  
Increases in our primary and extended care sectors were almost fully offset by a decline in revenues in the acute care 
sector.  The segment’s decline in its acute care business reflects the competitive environment in which it operates 
and the continued self-warehousing strategy of a major customer. 

Increases in revenues for our Information Solutions segment were primarily due to our July 2001 introduction 
of new products from our Horizon ClinicalsTM offerings as well as other new product offerings in 2003, including 
Horizon Medical ImagingTM, which was the result of our July 2002 purchase of A.L.I. Technologies Inc. (“A.L.I.”). 

As  of  March  31,  2003,  backlog  for  our  Information  Solutions  segment,  which  includes  firm  contracts  for 
maintenance  fees,  implementation  and  software  contracts,  and  outsourcing  agreements,  increased  to  $2.22  billion 
from $2.06 billion a year ago and from $1.60 billion two years ago.  The increase in backlog from  2001 to 2002 
resulted primarily from a new ten-year, $480 million outsourcing contract to provide a standardized, fully automated 
human resources and payroll system for the National Health Service of England and Wales, covering approximately 
one million employees.   

Gross Profit: 

(Dollars in millions) 
Gross Profit  
  Pharmaceutical Solutions 
  Medical-Surgical Solutions 
  Information Solutions 

Total 

Gross Profit Margin 
  Pharmaceutical Solutions 
  Medical-Surgical Solutions 
  Information Solutions 

Total 

Gross Profit Margin, Excluding Sales to Customers’ Warehouses
  Pharmaceutical Solutions 

Total 

35

Years Ended March 31, 
2002 

2003 

2001 

$ 

$ 

2,047.2 
523.1 
532.2 
3,102.5 

  $ 

  $ 

1,788.4    $ 
524.2   
475.9   
2,788.5    $ 

1,502.1 
520.9 
394.0 
2,417.0 

3.85% 
19.07   
46.73   
5.43   

5.33% 
7.34   

3.87% 
19.23   
47.40   
5.58   

5.41% 
7.58   

3.92%
19.18 
41.83 
5.75 

5.44%
7.73 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

FINANCIAL REVIEW (Continued) 

Gross  profit  increased  by  11%  in  2003  and  15%  in  2002.    As  a  percentage  of  revenues,  excluding  sales  to 
customers’ warehouses, gross profit margin decreased 24 basis points in 2003 and 15 basis points in 2002, primarily 
reflecting: 

− 

− 

− 

a higher proportion of revenues attributable to our Pharmaceutical Solutions segment, which has lower margins 
relative to our other segments,   

a  decline  in  the  Pharmaceutical  Solutions  segment  gross  margin  reflecting  a  decrease  in  selling  margin  to 
customers  in  the  U.S.  Pharmaceutical  distribution  business,  that  were  partially  offset  by  greater  product 
sourcing  profits  on  branded  pharmaceuticals  and  the  benefit  of  increased  sales  of  generic  drugs  with  higher 
margins.  In addition, the segment benefited from the growth in higher margin products and services, and 

in 2003, a $51.0 million provision for expected losses on five multi-year contracts in our Information Solutions 
segment  international  business.    Partially  offsetting  the decreases  were  greater  software  revenues  with  higher 
margins from this segment in 2003 and 2002. 

We  provide  financial  ratios  (gross  margins,  operating  expenses,  and  segment  operating  profit  margins  as  a 
percentage  of  revenues)  which  exclude  sales  to  customers’  warehouses  as  these  revenues  from  bulk  shipments  to 
warehouses  have  a  significantly  lower  gross  margin  compared  to  traditional direct  store  delivery  sales  because  of 
their  low  cost-to-serve  model.    These  sales  do,  however,  contribute  positively  to  our  cash  flows  due  to  favorable 
timing between the customer payment to us and our payment to the supplier.   

Our  Pharmaceutical  Solutions  segment  uses  the  last-in,  first-out  (“LIFO”)  method  of  accounting  for  the 
majority of its inventories, which results in cost of sales that more closely reflects replacement cost than do other 
accounting methods, thereby mitigating the effects of inflation and deflation on operating profit.  The practice in the 
Pharmaceutical Solutions distribution businesses is to pass on to customers published price changes from suppliers.  
Manufacturers generally provide us with price protection, which prevents inventory losses.  Price declines on many 
generic pharmaceutical products in this segment over the last few years have moderated the effects of inflation in 
other product categories, which resulted in minimal overall price changes in those fiscal years. 

Operating Expenses:   

(Dollars in millions) 
Operating Expenses 
  Pharmaceutical Solutions 
  Medical-Surgical Solutions 
  Information Solutions 
  Corporate 
Total 

Operating Expenses as a Percentage of Revenues 
  Pharmaceutical Solutions 
  Medical-Surgical Solutions 
  Information Solutions 

Total 

Operating Expenses, Excluding Sales to Customers’ 

Warehouses, as a Percentage of Revenues 
Pharmaceutical Solutions 

Total 

Years Ended March 31, 
2002 

2003 

2001 

$ 

$ 

1,107.0 
459.8 
439.8 
166.0 
2,172.6 

  $ 

  $ 

1,023.5    $ 
461.2   
455.5   
149.8   
2,090.0    $ 

971.6 
429.3 
689.3 
121.9 
2,212.1 

2.08% 
16.76   
38.61   
3.80   

2.88% 
5.14   

2.21% 
16.92   
45.37   
4.18   

3.09% 
5.68   

2.53%
15.81 
73.19 
5.27 

3.52%
7.07 

Operating  expenses  increased  4%  in  2003  and  decreased  6%  in  2002.    Excluding  the  items  noted  below, 
operating expenses increased over the last two years primarily reflecting additional expenses incurred to support our 
sales volume growth.   

− 

In  2003,  2002  and  2001,  we  incurred  restructuring  and  related  asset  impairment  charges  of  a  credit  of  $4.8 
million, and expenses of $39.8 million and $171.7 million.  We also recorded reserves for customer settlements 
of  $161.1  million  in  2001  and  reversed  $22.3  million  of  the  reserve  to  income  in  2003.    Further  discussions 
regarding these activities are included in “Restructuring and Related Asset Impairments” appearing within this 
Financial Review. 

36

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

FINANCIAL REVIEW (Continued) 

− 

− 

In 2002, we sold three businesses for a pre-tax loss of $22.0 million. 

In accordance with our adoption of SFAS No. 142 in 2002, we discontinued amortizing goodwill.  Operating 
expenses in 2001 included goodwill amortization of $49.4 million.   

Operating expenses as a percentage of revenues, excluding sales to customers’ warehouses and the above noted 
items,  have  declined  over  the  last  two  years,  mainly  due  to  productivity  improvements  in  back-office  and  field 
operations. 

Operating expenses in 2003 include U.S. defined benefit pension plan expense of $1.9 million compared with 
pension income of $9.9 million in 2002 and $6.1 million in 2001.  The pension expense in 2003 is principally the 
result  of  negative  plan  asset  returns over  the  past  two  years.    In 2003, we  reduced  the  assumed  long-term  rate  of 
asset return for our U.S. defined benefit pension plans by 150 basis points to 8.25% to better reflect current long-
term expectations for the plans’ portfolios.  We also lowered our assumption for the discount rate by 50 basis points 
to  6.75%  on  these  plans  to  better  reflect  current  rates  for  high-quality  corporate  long  term  bonds.    As  a  result  of 
these changes, we anticipate pension expense to increase by approximately $12 million in 2004.   

The  decline  in  asset  performance  coupled  with  the  lower  interest  rates  resulted  in  the  recognition  of  a  $7.2 
million pre-tax charge to equity in 2003.  This charge increased the accrued pension plan liability and accumulated 
other  comprehensive  loss  within  stockholders’  equity  by  $5.1  million  after-tax.    This  charge  will  vary  based  on 
changes  in  interest  rates  or  market  performance  and  plan  returns.    We  expect  contributions  for  our  U.S.  defined 
benefit pension plans in 2004 to approximate that of 2003.   

We  use  a  discount  rate  that  is  based  on  a  point-in-time  estimate  as  of  the  pension  plan’s  December  31st 
measurement  date.  Although future changes to the discount rate are unknown, had the discount rate increased or 
decreased  100  basis  points,  the  U.S.  defined  benefit  pension  liability  would  have  decreased  $28.7  million  or 
increased  $36.9  million.    Similarly,  a  100  basis  point  increase  or  decrease  in  the  expected  return  on  plan  assets 
would decrease or increase defined benefit pension expense for the U.S. plans by approximately $3.4 million.  

Other Income and Gain (Loss) on Investments, net:   

(Dollars in millions) 
Other Income, net 
Gain (Loss) on Investments, net 

Total 

By Segment 
Pharmaceutical Solutions 
Medical-Surgical Solutions 
Information Solutions 
Corporate 
Total  

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

Years Ended March 31, 
2002 

2003 

45.1 
1.4 
46.5 

  $ 

  $ 

47.7 
2.1 
2.0 
(5.3)  
46.5 

  $ 

  $ 

40.4    $ 
(13.7)   
26.7    $ 

37.4    $ 
1.7   
1.3   
(13.7)   
26.7    $ 

2001 

42.0 
(120.9) 
(78.9) 

41.5 
0.1 
0.2 
(120.7) 
(78.9) 

Other  income  increased  in  2003  and  decreased  nominally  in  2002.    The  increase  in  2003  was  primarily 

attributable to a $5.3 million gain on the sale of notes receivable within our Pharmaceutical Solutions segment. 

Gain (loss) on investments changed significantly in 2003 and 2002, primarily reflecting: 

− 

− 

− 

in  2003,  our  Pharmaceutical  Solutions  segment  recognized  $9.9  million  in  gains  on  sales  of  venture 
investments, 

a  decrease  in  Corporate  investment  losses  associated  with  other-than-temporary  impairment  losses  on  equity 
and joint venture investments, and 

in 2001, we recorded other-than-temporary losses of $93.1 million on our WebMD warrants and $12.5 million 
on other equity and venture capital investments as a result of significant declines in the market values of these 
investments, partially offset by a $7.8 million gain on the liquidation of another investment.  We also recorded 
an  other-than-temporary  impairment  loss  of  $23.1  million  on  equity  investments  as  a  result  of  significant 
declines in the market value of these investments in connection with the restructuring of our former iMcKesson 
segment. 

37

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

FINANCIAL REVIEW (Continued) 

Segment Operating Profit and Corporate Expenses: 

(Dollars in millions) 
Segment Operating Profit  
  Pharmaceutical Solutions 
  Medical-Surgical Solutions 
  Information Solutions 

Total 

Corporate Expenses  
Interest Expense 
Income from Continuing Operations, Before Income Taxes 

Years Ended March 31, 
2002 

2003 

2001 

$ 

  $ 

987.9 
65.4 
94.4 
1,147.7 
(171.3)  
(114.8)  

802.3    $ 

64.7   
21.7   
888.7   
(163.5)   
(112.9)   

572.0 
91.7 
(295.1) 
368.6 
(242.6) 
(111.2) 

and Dividends on Preferred Securities of Subsidiary Trust   $ 

861.6 

  $ 

612.3    $ 

14.8 

Segment Operating Profit Margin 
  Pharmaceutical Solutions 
  Medical-Surgical Solutions 
  Information Solutions 
Segment Operating Profit Margin for Pharmaceutical 

Solutions, Excluding Sales to Customers’ Warehouses 

1.86% 
2.38 
8.29 

2.57% 

1.73% 
2.37 
2.16 

1.49%
3.38 
(31.33) 

2.43% 

2.07%

Segment  operating  profit  includes  gross  margin,  net  of  operating  expenses,  other  income  and  gain  (loss)  on 
investments for our three business segments.  In addition to the items noted below, increases in segment operating 
profit  primarily  reflect  revenue  growth  and  increased  operating  margin  in  our  Pharmaceutical  Solutions  segment, 
combined with improved operating profits in our Information Solutions segment.  The 2002 increase was partially 
offset by a decline in operating profit in our Medical-Surgical Solutions segment.  

Excluding sales to customers’ warehouses, operating profit as a percentage of revenues increased over the past 
two  years  for  our  Pharmaceutical  Solutions  segment  reflecting  productivity  improvements  in  operations  offset  in 
part by a decline in gross margins.  In addition, operating profit in 2003 benefited from a $5.3 million gain on sale of 
notes receivables and $9.9 million of gains on sales of venture investments in 2003, lower restructuring charges, and 
the discontinuance of goodwill amortization commencing in 2002.  Operating profit for 2001 included $8.0 million 
in goodwill amortization. 

Medical-Surgical  Solutions  segment’s  operating  profit  as  a  percentage  of  revenues  stabilized  in  2003  after 
decreasing  in  2002.    The  decrease  in  2002  operating  profit  reflects  the  competitive  environment  in  which  the 
segment  operates,  the  commencement  of  a  self-warehousing  strategy  by  a  major  customer,  and  the  start  of  the 
segment’s distribution center network consolidation plan which resulted in $29.6 million of restructuring and related 
asset impairment charges.  These decreases were partially offset by the benefit of excluding goodwill amortization 
which  amounted  to  $19.0  million  in  2001.    Results  for  2002  and  2003  also  include  duplicate  operating  expenses 
associated with the segment’s restructuring activities and replacement of information systems.  Additional operating 
expenses  incurred  include  duplicate  payroll,  transportation  and  warehouse  costs  as  the  segment  consolidated 
distribution  centers.    In  addition,  2003  operating  profit  benefited  from  $12.0  million  in  reversals  of  prior  year’s 
accrued restructuring charges as a result of a modification to the segment’s distribution center network consolidation 
plan, partially offset by an increase in bad debt expense of approximately $11.0 million.  

This segment’s distribution center network consolidation program was completed in the fourth quarter of 2003 
and we expect to complete the information systems consolidation plan in 2005.  As a result of these consolidation 
plans, we anticipate realizing benefits of more efficient operations in this business beginning in late 2004.   

Information Solutions segment’s operating profit as a percentage of revenues increased over the past two years 
reflecting increases in higher margin software revenue, more efficient operations resulting from improved customer 
support activities and control of expenses, a decrease in restructuring and related asset impairment charges, and the 
benefit of eliminating goodwill amortization commencing in 2002.  Operating profit for 2001 included $22.4 million 
in goodwill amortization.  Operating profit also reflects the following items:  a $51.0 million provision for expected 
losses  on  five  multi-year  contracts  within  the  segment’s  international  business  and  a  $22.3  million  credit  for  the 
reversal of a portion of customer settlement reserves in 2003, $19.3 million of losses on sales of businesses in 2002, 
and $161.1 million loss for customer settlements in 2001. 

38

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

FINANCIAL REVIEW (Continued) 

Corporate expenses increased by 5% in 2003 and decreased by 33% in 2002.  The increase in expenses for 2003  
was  principally  due  to  higher  benefit  and  insurance  costs  and  lower  pension  income,  partially  offset  by  lower 
venture  investment  impairment  losses,  lower  expenses  associated  with  the  use  of  our  accounts  receivable  sales 
facility  and  a  decrease  in  expenses  associated  with  our  investment  in  The  Global  Health  Exchange  (“GHE”), 
formerly Health Nexis, LLC (“Health Nexis”).  In the second quarter of 2003, we lowered our pension plan assets 
earnings assumption to 8.25% from 9.75%.  The 2002 decrease in expenses reflect lower restructuring charges and 
venture investment impairment losses, partially offset by higher benefit costs and expenses associated with the use 
of our accounts receivable sales facility, increased losses in our investment in GHE and a litigation settlement.  In 
the third quarter of 2002, Health Nexis merged with GHE, which significantly diluted our percentage ownership in 
the  combined  organization.    As  a  result,  we  changed  from  the  equity  to  the  cost  method  of  accounting  for  this 
investment.     

Interest  Expense:    Interest  expense  increased  nominally  in  2003  and  2002  primarily  due  to  higher  average 
borrowings.  Interest expense reflects the issuance of $400.0 million 7.75% notes in January 2002 partially offset by 
the retirement of $175.0 million 6.875% notes in March 2002, and $125.0 million 6.55% notes in November 2002.  
In addition, we also used our accounts receivable sales facility more in 2002 compared to 2003 and 2001 in order to 
meet our financing needs.  The costs associated with this facility are recorded in Corporate expenses. 

In order to better balance fixed and variable rate borrowings, we entered into two interest rate swap agreements 
in 2003.  The first agreement exchanges a fixed interest rate of 8.91% per annum to the London Inter Bank Offering 
Rate  (“LIBOR”)  plus  4.155%,  on  a  notional  amount  of $100  million  and  matures  in February  2005.    The  second 
agreement exchanges a fixed interest rate of 6.30% per annum to LIBOR plus 1.575%, on a notional amount of $150 
million  and  matures  in  March  2005.    These  agreements  are  designated  as  fair  value  hedges  and  are  intended  to 
manage our ratio of variable to fixed interest rates.   

Income  Taxes:    Excluding  the  items  discussed  below,  the  Company’s  effective  income  tax  rate  was  34.0%, 
36.0% and 39.0% in 2003, 2002 and 2001.  The reduction in our effective income tax rate was the result of a higher 
proportion of  income  attributable  to  foreign  countries  that  have  lower  income  tax  rates  and  the  discontinuance  of 
goodwill amortization commencing in 2002, which was generally non tax-deductible.  

In 2002, we sold three businesses for a pre-tax loss of $22.0 million and an after-tax gain of $22.0 million.  For 
accounting  purposes,  the  net  assets  of  one  of  these  businesses  were  written  down  in  2001  in  connection  with  the 
restructuring of our former iMcKesson segment.  The tax benefit could not be recognized until 2002 when the sale 
of the business was completed.   

Discontinued Operations:  Net loss from discontinued operations was $6.7 million ($0.02 per diluted share) in 
2003, $3.2 million ($0.01 per diluted share) in 2002, and $5.0 million ($0.02 per diluted share) in 2001.  Results 
from  discontinued  operations  include  those  of  a  marketing  fulfillment  business  which  we  sold  in  2003  as  well  as 
adjustments made in 2003 and 2001 relating to the 2000 divestiture of our Water Products business.   

Weighted Average Diluted Shares Outstanding:  Diluted earnings per share were calculated based on an average 
number  of  shares  outstanding  of  298.8  million,  298.1  million  and  283.1  million  for  2003,  2002  and  2001.    The 
increase  in weighted  average  number  of  shares  outstanding  in  2002 was  due  to  the  inclusion  of  5.4 million  share 
equivalents  relating  to  our  convertible  preferred  securities  and  7.5  million  of  dilutive  securities  issued  under 
employee benefit plans, which were excluded in 2001 as they were anti-dilutive.  

International Operations 

International operations accounted for 6.3%, 6.0% and 6.6% of 2003, 2002 and 2001 of consolidated revenues.  
International operations are subject to certain opportunities and risks, including currency fluctuations.  We monitor 
our operations and adopt strategies responsive to changes in the economic and political environment in each of the 
countries  in  which  we  operate.    Additional  information  regarding  our  international  operations  is  also  included  in 
Financial Note 21 to the consolidated financial statements. 

39

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

FINANCIAL REVIEW (Continued) 

Restructuring and Related Asset Impairments 

With the exception of our customer settlement process, we have completed the restructuring programs described 

below.  Net charges (credits) from restructuring activities over the last three years were as follows: 

(In millions) 
By Expense Type: 
Severance 
Exit-related costs 
Write-down of assets 

Subtotal 

Customer settlement reserves 

Total  

By Statement of Operations Classification: 
Operating expenses 
Other income 

Total  

By Segment: 
Pharmaceutical Solutions 
Medical-Surgical Solutions 
Information Solutions 
Corporate 
Total 

Years Ended March 31,  

2003 

2002 

2001 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

(5.8)   $ 
(0.3)  
1.3 
(4.8)  
(22.3)  
(27.1)   $ 

(27.1)   $ 

- 

(27.1)   $ 

  $ 

7.7 
(11.7)  
(22.3)  
(0.8)  

(27.1)   $ 

14.0 
18.2 
7.6 
39.8 
- 
39.8 

  $ 

  $ 

39.8 
- 
39.8 

  $ 

  $ 

2.6 
26.0 
12.0 
(0.8)   
39.8 

  $ 

  $ 

36.6 
10.1 
148.1 
194.8 
161.1 
355.9 

332.8 
23.1 
355.9 

28.2 
0.7 
293.1 
33.9 
355.9 

In 2003, we recorded net credits for restructuring activities of $4.8 million primarily related to the following: 

−  Net  reversals  of  $5.5  million  and  $6.5  million  for  severance  and  exit-related  accruals  pertaining  to  our  2002 
Medical-Surgical  Solutions  segment  distribution  center  network  consolidation  plan.    The  reversals  were  the 
result  of  our  re-evaluation  of  this  segment’s  distribution  center  strategy.    The  original  consolidation  plan 
included a net reduction of 20 distribution centers, from 51, compared to a net reduction of 14 under the revised 
plan.    This  revised  consolidation  plan  resulted  in  the  termination  of  261  employees,  primarily  in  distribution 
delivery and associated back-office functions.  

−  We  recorded  restructuring  charges  of  $2.9  million  for  severance,  exit-related  costs  and  asset  impairments 
pertaining  to  the  closure  of  a  Pharmaceutical  Solutions’  distribution  center.    The  closure  resulted  in  the 
termination of 65 employees.     

−  We recorded $5.1 million in charges for additional facility closure costs, reflecting a change in estimated costs 

associated with prior year restructuring plans in our Pharmaceutical Solutions segment. 

In 2002, we recorded net charges for restructuring activities of $39.8 million as follows: 

−  We  recorded  severance  charges  of  $19.8  million,  exit-related  charges  of  $19.5  million  and  asset  impairment 
charges of $7.6 million primarily related to a plan to reduce the number of distribution centers in our Medical-
Surgical Solutions segment from 51 to 31, restructuring activities in our European and U.S. businesses in our 
Information Solutions segment, and closures of a distribution center and a facility for a service business in our 
Pharmaceutical Solutions segment.  Excluding the Medical-Surgical Solutions segment restructuring initiatives, 
which were later revised in 2003, 295 employees, primarily in distribution, delivery and associated back-office 
functions, were terminated as a result of these activities.     

−  We also reassessed restructuring plans initiated prior to 2002, and reversed a total of $7.1 million in severance 

and exit-related reserves due to a change in estimated costs to complete these activities. 

40

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

FINANCIAL REVIEW (Continued) 

In 2001, we recorded net charges for restructuring activities of $194.8 million.  These charges were for several 

initiatives, the most significant of which were: 

−  We  restructured  our  former  iMcKesson  segment.    Responsibility  for  iMcKesson’s  medical  management 
business  was  transferred  to  our  Pharmaceutical  Solutions  segment  and  the  physician  services  business  to  our 
Information  Solutions  segment.    The  iMcKesson  segment  was  created  in  the  first  quarter  of  2001  with  the 
intention  of  focusing  on  healthcare  applications  using  the  Internet  and  other  emerging  technologies,  and 
included  selected  net  assets  from  our  former  e-Health,  Pharmaceutical  Solutions  and  Information  Solutions 
segments  as  well  as  other  2001  acquisitions  and  investments.    In  connection  with  the  assessment  of  these 
businesses,  we  shut  down  certain  iMcKesson  operations.    We  wrote  down  goodwill  and  intangibles  totaling 
$116.2  million  arising  from  the  acquisitions  of  Abaton.com  and  MediVation,  Inc.,  based  upon  an  updated 
analysis  of  discounted  cash  flows.    We  also  recorded  $29.8  million  in  asset  impairments,  including  $23.1 
million  for  the  write–down  of  equity  investments  whose  market  values  had  significantly  declined  and  $5.2 
million in capitalized software costs.  In addition, we recorded $9.1 million in exit-related costs, including $6.0 
million for non-cancelable obligations directly related to discontinued products. 

In  connection  with  the  above  restructuring,  we  incurred  $29.0  million  in  severance  charges  relating  to  the 
termination of 220 employees, primarily in sales, service and administration functions. 

−  We  recorded  $10.0  million  in  restructuring  and  asset  related  impairment  charges  ($5.6  million  in  severance, 
$2.3  million  in  exit  costs  and  $2.1  million  in  asset  impairments)  related  to  workforce  reductions  in  our 
Pharmaceutical Solutions segment associated with the closure of a pharmaceutical distribution center, closure of 
a  medical  management  call  center,  closures  of  facilities  in  the  pharmaceutical  services  business  and  staff 
reductions in the pharmacy management business.  In connection with these restructurings, 240 employees were 
terminated who were primarily in sales, service, administration and distribution center functions. 

In addition to the above restructuring activities, we are still managing a 2001/2000 restructuring plan associated 
with  customer  settlements  for  our  discontinuance  of  overlapping  or  nonstrategic  products  and  other  product 
development  projects  within  our  Information  Solutions  segment.    Details  regarding  this  restructuring  plan  are  as 
follows:  

Subsequent  to  the  January  1999  merger  with  HBO  and  Company  (“HBOC”)  and  the  events  surrounding  our 
announcements  in April,  May  and  June  of 1999  concerning  the  improper  recording  of  revenue  at HBOC, we 
restructured  our  Information  Solutions  segment,  which  included  the  required  assembly  of  a  new  senior 
management  team  and  a  restructuring  of  the  segment’s  sales  and  customer  service  organizations,  which  had 
experienced significant attrition.  The restructuring plan also included a strategic rationalizing of the segment’s 
product  lines,  which  was  carried  out  in  three  phases:  Phase  I-assessment  and  preliminary  planning  (October 
1999  to  January  2000);  Phase  II-detailed  planning  and  announcement;  and  Phase  III-implementation.    The 
products  impacted  by  this  initiative  were  primarily  in  the  areas  of  repositories  for  clinical  and  administrative 
data  in  a  healthcare  enterprise,  surgery  scheduling,  financial  and  materials  management,  mobile  clinical 
documentation  and  enterprise  solutions  for  small  and  mid-sized  hospitals.    The  process  required  a  review  of 
contracts related to approximately 400 affected customers and other information available at that time.   

During Phase II, which began in February 2000 and extended through March 31, 2000, we conducted detailed 
business  reviews,  and  finalized  and  announced  product  rationalization  decisions.    Rationalization  decisions 
involved either the sunset of certain products or product development projects to redesign or stabilize several 
go-forward  products.    At  the  same  time,  we  undertook  an  assessment  of  probable  customer  impact  and 
concluded that the product rationalization decisions would trigger the assertion of certain customer claims for 
breach  of  contract.    Based  on  information  available  at  that  time,  we  estimated  that  it  would  require  $74.1 
million above then existing allowances to settle probable customer claims.  As a result, a charge in that amount 
was recorded in the fourth quarter of 2000. 

Phase  III,  which  began  in  2001,  involved  a  comprehensive,  company-wide  implementation  of  Phase  II 
decisions, including an intensive and detailed customer communication process.  By the fourth quarter of 2001, 
we  had  developed  substantially  more  information  on  customers’  legal  positions  as  a  result  of  extensive 
customer  interactions  and  communications.    Based  upon  this  newly  acquired  information  about  customer 
demands  and expectations, we  recognized  that  we  would  not  be  able  to  settle  probable  contractual  exposures 
within  the  previously  recorded  estimates,  and  we  therefore  concluded  that  additional  allowances  should  be 
41

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

FINANCIAL REVIEW (Continued) 

established for customers’ settlements.  Accordingly, during the fourth quarter of 2001, an additional customer 
settlement  charge  of  $161.1  million  was  recorded.    These  customer  settlement  charges  were  reflected  as 
operating  expenses  rather  than  a  reduction  of  revenues  as  the  charges  primarily  related  to  product  strategy 
decisions that triggered claims for breach of contract.   

In  2003,  we  reversed  $22.3  million  of  these  customer  settlement  reserves.    The  reversal  was  the  result  of 
favorable  settlements  and  continued  negotiations  with  affected  customers.    As  of  March  31,  2003,  customer 
settlement  allowances  amounted  to  $86.9  million.    Total  cash  and  non-cash  settlements  of  $43.2  million  and 
$82.8 million have been incurred since the inception of the restructuring plan.  Although the final outcome of 
remaining  customer  settlements  cannot  be  determined,  we  believe  that  any  additional  liability  and  related 
expenditures would not  have  a  material  adverse  effect on  our  financial  position, results  of operations  or  cash 
flows. 

Refer to Financial Note 4, “Restructuring and Related Asset Impairments,” of the accompanying consolidated 

financial statements for further discussion regarding our restructuring activities. 

Acquisitions, Investments and Divestitures  

We made the following acquisitions, investments and divestitures over the last three years: 

− 

− 

− 

− 

− 

In September 2002, we sold the net assets of a marketing fulfillment business which was previously included in 
our  Pharmaceutical  Solutions  segment.    Net  proceeds  from  the  sale  of  this  business  were  $4.5  million.    The 
disposition resulted in an after-tax loss of $3.7 million or $0.01 per diluted share.  The net assets and results of 
operations of this business have been presented as a discontinued operation and, as a result, prior year amounts 
have been reclassified.  

In July and September of 2002, we acquired the outstanding stock of A.L.I. by means of a cash tender offer.  
A.L.I.,  which  is  based  in  British  Columbia,  Canada,  provides  digital  medical  imaging  solutions  which  are 
designed to streamline access to diagnostic information, automate clinical workflow and eliminate the need for 
film  purchase  and  storage.    The  acquisition  of  A.L.I.  complements  our  Horizon  ClinicalsTM  offering  by 
incorporating medical images into a computerized patient record.  The aggregate purchase price for A.L.I. was 
$347.0  million  and was financed  through  cash  and  short-term  borrowings.    The results of A.L.I.’s operations 
have been included in the consolidated financial statements within our Information Solutions segment since the 
July acquisition date. 

In May 2002, the Company and Quintiles Transnational Corporation formed a joint venture, Verispan, L.L.C. 
(“Verispan”).  Verispan is a provider of patient-level data delivered in near real time as well as a supplier of 
other  healthcare  information.    We  have  an  approximate  45%  equity  interest  in  the  joint  venture.    The  initial 
contribution to the joint venture of $12.1 million consisted of $7.7 million in net assets from a Pharmaceutical 
Solutions’  business  and  $4.4  million  in  cash.    Additional  cash  contributions  of  $1.9  million  have  been  made 
subsequent  to  formation.    As  of  March  31,  2003,  we  have  committed  to  provide  additional  aggregate  cash 
contributions of up to $8.5 million and to purchase a total of $12.0 million in services from the joint venture 
through  2007.    No  gain  or  loss  was  recognized  as  a  result  of  this  transaction.    Financial  results  for  this  joint 
venture  are  recognized  on  the  equity  basis  of  accounting  and  are  included  in  Other  Income,  net  in  the 
consolidated statements of operations, within our Pharmaceutical Solutions segment. 

In February 2002, our Pharmaceutical Solutions segment acquired, for approximately $62 million in cash, the 
net assets of PMO, Inc., a national specialty pharmacy business (having done business as VitaRx), that provides 
mail order pharmaceutical prescription services to managed care patients. 

In  2002,  we  sold  three  businesses,  Abaton.com,  Inc.,  Amysis  Managed  Care  Systems,  Inc.  and  ProDental 
Corporation.    Two  of  these  businesses  were  from  our  Information  Solutions  segment  and  one  was  from  our 
Pharmaceutical Solutions segment.  Net proceeds from the sale of these businesses were $0.2 million, resulting 
in a pre-tax loss of $22.0 million and an after-tax gain of $22.0 million.  For accounting purposes, the net assets 
of  one  of  these  businesses  were  written  down  in  2001  in  connection  with  the  restructuring  of  our  former 

42

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

FINANCIAL REVIEW (Continued) 

iMcKesson  segment.    The  tax  benefit  could  not  be  recognized  until  2002  when  the  sale  of  the  business  was 
completed.   

− 

− 

In  July  2000,  we  acquired  MediVation,  Inc.,  a  provider  of  an  automated  web-based  system  for  physicians  to 
communicate with patients online, for approximately $24 million in cash, $14 million in our common stock and 
the assumption of $6 million of employee stock incentives.  

In April 2000, the Company and three other healthcare product distributors announced an agreement to form the 
New Health Exchange (subsequently renamed Health Nexis).  In the third quarter of 2002, Health Nexis merged 
with GHE, which significantly diluted our percentage ownership in the combined organization.  As a result, we 
changed from the equity to the cost method of accounting for this investment.  In 2002 and 2001, we invested 
$7.0 million and $10.8 million in GHE. 

−  During  the  last  three  years  we  have  also  made  several  small  acquisitions  and  investments  within  our 
Pharmaceutical  Solutions  segment.    In  2003,  we  purchased  a  remaining  interest  in  an  investment  for 
approximately  $31.5  million,  retained  a  small  portion  of  the  business  and  subsequently  sold  the  balance  for 
approximately  $40.0  million,  the  proceeds  of  which  consisted  of  an  interest  bearing  ten-year  note  receivable, 
resulting in a nominal loss. 

Pro forma results of operations for these business acquisitions have not been presented because the effects were 
not material to the consolidated financial statements on either an individual or aggregate basis.  Refer to Financial 
Notes  2  and  3,  “Acquisitions  and  Investments”  and  “Discontinued  Operations  and  Other  Divestitures,”  to  the 
accompanying consolidated financial statements for further discussions regarding these activities. 

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES 

We consider an accounting estimate to be critical if the estimate requires us to make assumptions about matters 
that were uncertain at the time the accounting estimate was made and if different estimates that we reasonably could 
have used in the current period, or changes in the accounting estimate that are reasonably likely to occur from period 
to  period,  would  have  a  material  impact  on  our  financial  condition  or  results  from  operations.    Below  are  the 
estimates  that  we  believe  are  critical  to  the  understanding  of  our  operating  results  and  financial  condition.    Other 
accounting  policies  are  described  in  Financial  Note  1,  “Significant  Accounting  Policies,”  of  our  consolidated 
financial  statements.    Because  of  the  uncertainty  inherent  in  such  estimates,  actual  results  may  differ  from  these 
estimates. 

Valuation  of  Receivables:  We  provide  short-term  credit  and  other  customer  financing  arrangements  to 
customers who purchase our products and services.  Other customer financing relates to guarantees provided to our 
customers, or their creditors, regarding the repurchase of inventories, and lease and credit financing.  We estimate 
the receivables for which we do not expect full collection based on historical collection rates and specific knowledge 
regarding  the  current  creditworthiness  of  our  customers.    An  allowance  is  recorded  in  our  consolidated  financial 
statement for these amounts.   

If  the  frequency  and  severity  of  customer  defaults  due  to  our  customers’  financial  condition  or  general 
economic  conditions  change,  our  allowance  for  uncollectible  accounts  may  require  adjustment.    As  a  result,  we 
continuously  monitor  outstanding  receivables  and  other  customer  financing  and  adjust  allowances  for  accounts 
where collection may be in doubt.  At March 31, 2003, trade and notes receivable was $4,581.8 million, and other 
customer financing was $216.9 million, both prior to allowances of $265.8 million.    

In addition, at March 31, 2003, we had $84.4 million of notes receivable from certain of our current and former 
officers  and  senior  managers  related  to  purchases  of  common  stock  under  our  various  employee  stock  purchase 
plans.  These notes were issued for amounts equal to the market value of the stock on the date of the purchase, are 
full recourse to the borrower and are due at various dates through February 2004.  As of March 31, 2003, the value 
of the underlying stock collateral was $36.5  million.  We evaluate the collectability of these notes on an ongoing 
basis;  however,  notwithstanding  their  full  recourse nature, there  can be no  assurance  that  we will  recover  the  full 
amounts due under the notes.    

43

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

FINANCIAL REVIEW (Continued) 

Customer  Settlement  Reserves:  In  2001  and  2000,  we  announced  plans  to  discontinue  overlapping  and 
nonstrategic  products  or  product  development  projects  and  to  redesign  or  stabilize  several  go-forward  projects 
within our  Information  Solutions  segment.    As  a  result  of  our decision, we  recorded  a  total  of $235.2  million  for 
estimated customer settlements.  These estimates were developed using a customer and product specific approach, 
based on numerous interactions with our customers.   

The  determination  and  quantification  of  our  customer  settlement  liabilities  along  with  the  assessment  of  an 
appropriate reserve for uncollectible accounts is an on-going process, and we are still actively engaged in settlement 
discussions with affected customers.  Factors that could change our estimated settlement amounts include, but are 
not  limited  to,  our  success  in  amending  contract  terms  to  provide  new  or  different  products  and  services  or 
negotiating settlements with affected customers, and our ability to complete projects where re-design or stabilization 
was  required.    In  2003,  due  to  favorable  settlements  and  continued  negotiations  with  affected  customers,  we 
reversed $22.3 million of the accrued customer settlement reserve as a credit to operating expenses.  As of March 
31, 2003, customer settlement allowances amounted to $86.9 million.  Total cash and non-cash settlements of $43.2 
million  and  $82.8  million  have  been  incurred  since  the  inception  of  the  restructuring  plan.    Although  the  final 
outcome of remaining customer settlement issues cannot be determined, we believe that any additional liability and 
related expenditures would not have a material adverse effect on our financial position, results of operations or cash 
flows. 

Valuation  of  Inventories:  We  state  inventories  at  the  lower  of  cost  or  market.    Inventories  for  our 
Pharmaceutical Solutions and Medical-Surgical Solutions segments consist of merchandise held for resale with the 
majority of the cost of domestic inventories determined on the LIFO method and international inventories are stated 
at  average  cost.    Information  Solutions  segment  inventories  consist  of  computer  hardware  with  cost  determined 
either by the specific identification or first-in, first-out method.  Total inventories before the LIFO cost adjustment, 
which approximates replacement cost, were $6,241.0 million at March 31, 2003.  In determining whether inventory 
valuation  issues  exist,  we  consider  various  factors  including  estimated  quantities  of  slow-moving  inventory  by 
reviewing  on-hand  quantities,  outstanding  purchase  obligations  and  forecasted  sales.    Shifts  in  market  trends  and 
conditions,  changes  in  customer  preferences  due  to  the  introduction  of  generic  drugs  or  new  pharmaceutical 
products, or the loss of one or more significant customers are factors that could affect the value of our inventories.   

Valuation of Goodwill: We have significant goodwill assets as a result of acquiring businesses.  We account for 
goodwill  under  SFAS  No.  142,  “Goodwill  and  Other  Intangible  Assets,”  which  requires  us  to  maintain  goodwill 
assets  on  our  books  unless  the  assets  are  deemed  to  be  impaired.    We  perform  an  impairment  test  on  goodwill 
balances annually or when indicators of impairment exist.  Such impairment tests require that we first compare the 
carrying value of net assets to the estimated fair value of net assets for the operations in which goodwill is assigned.  
If carrying value exceeds fair value, a second step would be performed to calculate the amount of impairment.  Fair 
values can be determined using income, market or cost approaches.   

We predominately use a discounted cash flow model derived from internal budgets in assessing fair values for 
our goodwill impairment testing.  Factors that could change the result of our goodwill impairment test include, but 
are  not  limited  to,  different  assumptions  used  to  forecast  future  revenues,  expenses,  capital  expenditures  and 
working capital requirements used in our cash flow models.  In addition, selection of a risk-adjusted discount rate on 
the estimated undiscounted cash flows is susceptible to future changes in market conditions, and when unfavorable, 
can  adversely  affect  our  original  estimates  of  fair  values.    At  March  31,  2003,  we  concluded  that  there  was  no 
impairment in our goodwill.   

Contract Accounting: We use the percentage of completion method of accounting to recognize certain revenues 
and  costs,  primarily  for  long-term  software  contracts  within  our  Information  Solutions  segment.    This  method  of 
accounting requires us to estimate the timing and amounts of total revenue to be earned and total costs to be incurred 
over  the  life  of  a  contract.    Revenue  estimates  are  derived  primarily  from  negotiated  contract  prices  modified  by 
assumptions  regarding  change  orders  and  assumptions  regarding  penalty  provisions  associated  with  technical 
performance.    Cost  estimates  are  based  primarily  on  the  expected  amount  of  resources  and  materials  required  to 
complete project requirements.  Based on the relationship of total estimated revenues to total estimated costs, a gross 
margin and cost of sales percentage is developed.  The amount reported as cost of sales is determined by applying 
the estimated cost of sales percentage to the amount of revenue recognized each period.   

44

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

FINANCIAL REVIEW (Continued) 

The  estimated  revenue  to  be  earned  and  costs  to  complete  a  project  can  change  significantly  throughout  the 
period of a contract.  Factors that could change estimates include, but are not limited to, the ability to successfully 
complete milestones, the timing of milestones, and modifications in the amount of resources or other costs required 
to complete the project.  Changes in estimates to complete, and revisions in overall profit estimates on percentage of 
completion contracts, are recognized in the period in which they are determined.  We accrue for contract losses if 
and when the current estimate of total contract costs exceeds total contract revenue.  Such a provision is subject to 
change as additional information is obtained and as contracts progress toward completion.   

Stock Options:  We account for employee stock-based compensation in accordance with Accounting Principles 
Board Opinion (“APB”) No. 25, “Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees.”  Under APB No. 25, compensation 
expense is recorded based on a stock option’s intrinsic value, which is the difference between the market value of a 
company’s stock and the exercise price at the date of grant.  As we generally grant stock options to employees at 
market value at the date of grant, compensation expense as a result of option grants has been nominal. 

An alternative to APB No. 25 in accounting for stock options is SFAS No. 123, “Stock-Based Compensation.”  
SFAS No. 123 utilizes the fair value method in valuing stock options and requires expensing of such values.  Fair 
value is determined based on an option pricing model with the Black-Scholes model being the most widely available 
and used model.  Such models require the use of several estimates including expected life of the option, volatility of 
our common stock, dividend yields (which includes estimates of  future dividends and market values of our common 
stock), risk-free interest rates and employee turnover.   

In  December  2002,  the  FASB  issued  statement  No.  148,  “Accounting  for  Stock-Based  Compensation  – 
Transition  and  Disclosure,”  which  provides  alternatives  to  implementing  SFAS  No.  123,  with  one  of  the 
alternatives,  being  the  prospective  method  of  expensing  current  year  and  future  options,  available  only  up  to  our 
fourth  quarter  of  2004.    In  addition,  in  April  2003,  the  FASB  concluded  at  their  public  board  meeting  that  all 
companies  will  be  required  to  expense  the  fair  value  of  employee  stock  options,  although  the  timing  for  this 
requirement is not yet known.   

Had  we  accounted  for  employee  stock  options  in  accordance  with  SFAS  No.  123  and  had  we  utilized  the 

following transitional methods per SFAS No. 148, net income and earnings per share for 2003 would have been: 

(In millions, except per share amounts) 
As reported 
Prospective method 
Modified prospective and retrospective restatement methods  

Net Income 
$ 

555.4 
542.7 
399.1 

  Earnings per Share

$ 

1.88 
1.84 
1.36 

The  prospective  method  includes  stock-based  compensation  expense  for  those  options  granted  commencing 
only in the year of adopting SFAS No. 123, whereas the modified prospective and retrospective restatement methods 
includes compensation expense for all awards that vest in the current year (see also Financial Note 1, “Significant 
Accounting Policies,” of our consolidated financial statements).  Awards under our stock option plans generally vest 
over four years.  Therefore, the cost related to stock-based compensation under the prospective method in the first 
few  years  of  adoption  would  be  less  than  the  modified  prospective  and  retrospective  restatement  methods.  With 
respect to the potential adoption of SFAS No. 123, we would most likely utilize the prospective transitional method.  

Securities Litigation:  We are involved in a number of lawsuits regarding the restatement of our 1999 historical 
financial statements.  Our directors and officers’ liability insurance policy covers some of our restatement litigation 
costs up to a specified aggregate limit.  For costs not covered under our insurance policy, we accrue for litigation 
defense and settlement costs when it is probable that a liability has been incurred and the amount can be reasonably 
estimated.  We expensed approximately $2 million to $4 million in each of the last three years in connection with 
these matters.  

We do not believe it is feasible to predict or determine the outcome or resolution of these proceedings, or to 
estimate the amount of, or potential range of, loss with respect to these proceedings, and therefore, no accrual for 
legal settlement is recorded in our consolidated financial statements.  In addition, the timing of the final resolution of 
these legal proceedings is uncertain.  The range of possible resolutions of these proceedings could include judgments 
against us or settlements that could require substantial payments by us that could cause us to incur material losses 
which could have a material impact on our financial condition and results of operations.   

45

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

FINANCIAL REVIEW (Continued) 

FINANCIAL CONDITION, LIQUIDITY, AND CAPITAL RESOURCES 

Net cash flow from operating activities was $695.5 million in 2003, compared with $326.2 million in 2002 and 
$325.2 million in 2001.  Net cash flow from operating activities improved in 2003 reflecting greater revenues and 
earnings,  offset  in  part  with  net  increases  in  working  capital  required  to  support  our  revenue  growth.    In  2002, 
working  capital  reflected  the  build  up  associated  with  the  implementation  of  new  pharmaceutical  distribution 
business  as  well  as  purchasing  opportunities.    The  working  capital  increase  in  2001  reflects  the  timing  of  vendor 
payments, partially offset by the payment of income taxes on the gain on sale of the Water Products business that 
was sold in late 2000. 

Net cash used by investing activities was $576.1 million in 2003, compared with $383.6 million in 2002 and 
$315.1 million in 2001.  Investing activities for 2003 include $385.8 million for acquisitions of businesses (primarily 
the purchase of A.L.I.) and an increase in software expenditures.  These investments were partially offset by $117.9 
million of proceeds from the sale of notes receivable.  Expenditures for capitalized software increased in both 2003 
and 2002 reflecting our investment in software developed for internal use and for resale. 

Net cash derived by financing activities was a use of cash of $155.2 million in 2003, a source of cash of $181.7 
million in 2002, and a use of cash of $125.5 million in 2001.  Fiscal 2003 financing activities include the repayment 
of $125.0 million of term debt that had matured.  Financing activities for 2002 reflect our public offering of $400.0 
million of 7.75% unsecured notes, due in 2012.  These notes are redeemable at any time, in whole or in part, at our 
option.  Net proceeds from the issuance of these notes were used to repay $175.0 million of term debt in March 2002 
and  for  other  general  corporate  purposes.    Financing  activities  also  include  our  stock  repurchase  program  that 
commenced in 2001 which allows us to purchase up to $250 million of shares of our common stock in open market 
or  private  transactions.    In  2003,  2002  and  2001,  we  repurchased  approximately  0.9  million,  1.3  million  and  2.2 
million shares of our common stock for $25.0 million, $44.2 million and $65.6 million.  

Selected Measures of Liquidity and Capital Resources: 

(Dollars in millions) 
Cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities 
Working capital  
Debt net of cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities 
Debt to capital ratio (1) 
Net debt to net capital employed (2) 
Return on stockholders’ equity (3) 

$

2003 

533.5 
3,279.2 
767.4 

$

21.6% 
14.0% 
13.3% 

March 31, 
2002 

$ 

562.9   
3,112.8   
867.1   
25.7% 
17.3% 
11.4% 

2001 

445.4 
2,611.5 
784.6 
25.0%
17.5%
(1.2%)

(1)  Ratio is computed as debt divided by debt plus preferred securities and stockholders’ equity. 
(2)  Ratio  is  computed  as  debt,  net  of  cash,  cash  equivalents  and  marketable  securities  (“net  debt”),  divided  by  net  debt  plus 

convertible preferred securities and stockholders’ equity. 

(3)  Ratio is computed as income (loss) from continuing operations, divided by a five-quarter average of stockholders’ equity. 

Working capital primarily includes receivables and inventories, net of drafts and accounts payable and deferred 
revenue.    Our  Pharmaceutical  Solutions  segment  requires  a  substantial  investment  in  working  capital  which  is 
susceptible  to  large  variations  during  the  year  as  a  result  of  inventory  purchase  patterns  and  seasonal  demands.  
Inventory purchase activity is a function of sales activity, new customer build-up requirements and the desired level 
of investment inventory.  Consolidated working capital has increased over the past two years primarily as a result of 
our higher sales volume.   

We reduced our ratio of net debt to net capital employed and increased our return on equity during the past two 
years.  Improvements reflect a growth in our operating profit in excess of the growth in working capital and other 
investments  needed  to  fund  the  increase  in  revenue.    Return  on  equity  also  reflects  a  decrease  in  impairments  on 
equity and venture investments as well as restructuring and related asset impairment charges.   

46

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

FINANCIAL REVIEW (Continued) 

Financial Obligations and Commitments: 

The table below presents our significant financial obligations and commitments at March 31, 2003:   

(In millions) 
Long-term debt 
Capital lease obligations 
Convertible preferred securities 
Operating leases 
Total financial obligations 

2004 

$ 

7.6  $ 
2.7 
- 
91.0 
$  101.3  $ 

2005 
277.9  $ 
0.9   
- 
78.4   
357.2  $ 

Customer guarantees 
Cash contributions to investments   
Other 
Total commitments 

$ 

$ 

23.7  $ 
8.0 
4.2 
35.9  $ 

21.1  $ 
0.5   
3.0   
24.6  $ 

2006 

2007 

2008 

Thereafter 

Total 

7.9  $ 
0.9 
- 
66.8 
75.6  $ 

3.3  $ 
- 
3.0 
6.3  $ 

28.5  $ 
0.3   
- 
48.9   
77.7  $ 

60.4  $ 

- 
3.0   
63.4  $ 

159.2 $ 
0.2  
- 
28.1  

814.4  $  1,295.5
5.9
0.9   
196.3
196.3   
393.5
80.3   
187.5 $  1,091.9  $  1,891.2

2.4 $ 
- 
- 
2.4 $ 

106.0  $ 
3.2   
- 
109.2  $ 

216.9
11.7
13.2
241.8

We have agreements with certain of our customers’ financial institutions under which we have guaranteed the 
repurchase of inventory at a  discount in the event these customers are unable to meet  certain obligations to those 
financial  institutions.    Among  other  limitations,  these  inventories  must  be  in  resalable  condition.    We  have  also 
guaranteed  loans,  credit  facilities  and  the  payment  of  leases  for  some  customers;  and  we  are  a  secured  lender  for 
substantially all of these guarantees.  Customer guarantees range from one to ten years and were primarily provided 
to  facilitate  financing  for  certain  strategic  customers.    At  March  31,  2003,  the  maximum  amounts  of  inventory 
repurchase  guarantees  and  other  customer  guarantees  were  approximately  $150.4  million  and  $66.5  million.    We 
consider  it  unlikely  that  we  would  make  significant  payments  under  these  guarantees,  and  accordingly,  amounts 
accrued for these guarantees were nominal. 

At March 31, 2003, we had commitments to provide $11.7 million of cash contributions to Verispan and other 
equity-held investments and other commitments of $13.2 million, of which no amounts had been accrued for.  In 
addition, our banks and insurance companies have issued $46.4 million of standby letters of credit and surety bonds 
on  our  behalf  in  order  to  meet  the  security  requirements  for  statutory  licenses  and  permits,  court  and  fiduciary 
obligations, and our workers’ compensation and automotive liability programs.    

Credit Resources: 

We fund our working capital requirements primarily with cash, short-term borrowings and our receivables sale 
facility.  We have a $550.0 million 364-day revolving credit agreement that expires in September 2003 and a $550.0 
million three-year revolving credit facility that expires in September 2005.  These facilities, which were entered into 
in September 2002, are primarily intended to support our commercial paper borrowings, and the terms of which are 
substantially similar to those previously in place.  We also have a $950.0 million (2002 - $850.0 million) revolving 
receivables sale facility, which expires in June 2003.  We anticipate renewing the receivable sales facility prior to its 
expiration.  No amounts were utilized under any of these facilities at March 31, 2003.   

Our  senior  debt  credit  ratings  from  S&P,  Fitch,  and  Moody’s  are  currently  BBB,  BBB  and  Baa2,  and  our 
commercial paper ratings are currently A-2, F-2, and P-2.  Our ratings are on a negative credit outlook.  Our various 
borrowing facilities and certain long-term debt instruments are subject to covenants.  Our principal debt covenant is 
our debt to capital ratio, which cannot exceed 56.5%.  If we exceed this ratio, repayment of debt outstanding under 
the revolving credit facility and $335 million of term debt could be accelerated.  At March 31, 2003, this ratio was 
21.6%  and  we  were  in  compliance  with  all  other  covenants.    A  reduction  in  our  credit  ratings  or  the  lack  of 
compliance with our covenants could result in a negative impact on our ability to finance our operations through our 
credit facilities, as well as the issuance of additional debt at the interest rates then currently available. 

Funds necessary for future debt maturities and our other cash requirements are expected to be met by existing 

cash balances, cash flows from operations, existing credit sources and other capital market transactions. 

47

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

FINANCIAL REVIEW (Continued) 

MARKET RISKS 

Our  long-term  debt  bears  interest  predominately  at  fixed  rates,  whereas  our  short-term  borrowings  are  at 
variable  interest  rates.    If  the  underlying  weighted  average  interest  rate  on  our  variable  rate  debt  were  to  have 
changed by 50 basis points in 2003, interest expense would not have been materially different from that reported. 

As of March 31, 2003, the aggregate fair values of our long-term debt and convertible preferred securities were 
$1,482.6 million and $189.5 million.  Each preferred security is convertible at the rate of 1.3418 shares of our stock, 
subject to certain circumstances.  Fair values were estimated on the basis of quoted market prices, although trading 
in these debt securities is limited and may not reflect fair value.  Fair values are subject to fluctuations based on our 
performance, our credit ratings, changes in the value of our stock and changes in interest rates for debt securities 
with similar terms.  

We  derive  revenues  from  Canada,  France,  Germany,  Luxembourg,  the  Netherlands,  Ireland,  Australia,  New 
Zealand, and the United Kingdom.  We also have a 22% equity interest in a pharmaceutical distributor in Mexico.  
We are subject to foreign currency exchange risk on cash flows related to sales, expenses, financing and investment 
transactions.  If exchange rates on such currencies were to fluctuate 10%, we believe that our results from operations 
and cash flows would not be materially affected.  Aggregate foreign exchange translation gains and losses included 
in  operations,  comprehensive  income  and  stockholders’  equity  are  discussed  in  Financial  Note  1  to  the 
accompanying consolidated financial statements, “Significant Accounting Policies.” 

RELATED PARTY BALANCES AND TRANSACTIONS  

Information regarding our related party balances and transactions is included in “Critical Accounting Policies” 
appearing within this Financial Review and Financial Note 20, “Related Party Balances and Transactions,” to the 
accompanying consolidated financial statements. 

NEW ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS 

There  are  a  number  of  new  accounting  pronouncements  that  may  impact  our  financial  results.    These  new 
pronouncements  are  described  in  Financial  Note  1,  “Significant  Accounting  Policies,”  to  the  accompanying 
consolidated financial statements. 

FACTORS AFFECTING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS 

In  addition  to  historical  information,  management’s  discussion  and  analysis  includes  certain  forward-looking 
statements within the meaning of section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”) and 
section  21E  of  the  Securities  Exchange  Act  of  1934,  as  amended  (the  “Exchange  Act”).    Some  of  the  forward-
looking statements can be identified by use of forward-looking words such as “believes,” “expects,” “anticipates,” 
“may,”  “will,”  “should,”  “seeks,”  “approximately,”  “intends,”  “plans,”  or  “estimates,”  or  the  negative  of  these 
words, or other comparable terminology.  The discussion of financial trends, strategy, plans or intentions may also 
include  forward-looking  statements.    Forward-looking  statements  involve  risks  and  uncertainties  that  could  cause 
actual  results  to  differ  materially  from  those  projected.    Although  it  is  not  possible  to  predict  or  identify  all  such 
risks and uncertainties, they may include, but are not limited to, the factors discussed under “Additional Factors That 
May Affect Future Results.”  The reader should not consider this list to be a complete statement of all potential risks 
and uncertainties.  

These  and  other  risks  and  uncertainties  are  described  herein  or  in  our  other  public  documents.    Readers  are 
cautioned not to place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements, which speak only as of the date hereof.  
We  undertake  no  obligation  to  publicly  release  the  result  of  any  revisions  to  these  forward-looking  statements  to 
reflect events or circumstances after the date hereof, or to reflect the occurrence of unanticipated events. 

48

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

FINANCIAL REVIEW (Continued) 

ADDITIONAL FACTORS THAT MAY AFFECT FUTURE RESULTS  

The following additional factors may affect our future results: 

Adverse resolution of pending litigation regarding the restatement of our historical financial statements may 
cause us to incur material losses. 

Subsequent  to  our  April  28,  1999  restatement  of  financial  results  announcement,  and  as  of  April  29  2003, 
ninety-one  lawsuits  have  been  filed  against  us,  certain  of  our  current  or  former  officers  or  directors,  or  those  of 
HBOC, and other defendants.  In addition, the United States Attorney's Office for the Northern District of California 
and the San Francisco District Office of the SEC also have ongoing investigations in connection with the matters 
relating to the restatement of previously reported amounts. 

We do not believe it is feasible to predict or determine the outcome or resolution of these proceedings, or to 
estimate the amount of, or potential range of, loss with respect to these proceedings.  In addition, the timing of the 
final  resolution  of  these  proceedings  is  uncertain.    The  range  of  possible  resolutions  of  these  proceedings  could 
include judgments against us or settlements that could require substantial payments by us, which could cause us to 
incur material losses.   

Changes in the United States healthcare environment could have a material negative impact on our revenues 
and net income.  

Our products and services are primarily intended to function within the structure of the healthcare financing and 
reimbursement  system  currently  being  used  in  the  United  States.    In  recent  years,  the  healthcare  industry  has 
changed  significantly  in  an  effort  to  reduce  costs.    These  changes  include  increased  use  of  managed  care,  cuts  in 
Medicare  and  Medicaid  reimbursement  levels,  consolidation  of  pharmaceutical  and  medical-surgical  supply 
distributors, and the development of large, sophisticated purchasing groups. 

We  expect  the  healthcare  industry  to  continue  to  change  significantly  in  the  future.    Some  of  these  changes, 
such as a reduction in governmental funding of healthcare services or adverse changes in legislation or regulations 
governing the privacy of patient information, or the delivery or pricing of pharmaceuticals and healthcare services or 
mandated  benefits,  may  cause  healthcare  industry  participants  to  greatly  reduce  the  amount  of  our  products  and 
services they purchase or the price they are willing to pay for our products and services. 

Changes  in  pharmaceutical  and  medical-surgical  manufacturers'  pricing,  selling,  inventory  or  distribution 
policies or practices, or changes in our customer mix could also significantly reduce our revenues and net income.  
Due  to  the  diverse  range  of  healthcare  supply  management  and  healthcare  information  technology  products  and 
services that we offer, such changes may adversely impact us, while not affecting some of our competitors who offer 
a narrower range of products and services. 

Healthcare and public policy trends indicate that the number of generic drugs will increase over the next few 
years  as  a  result  of  the  expiration  of  certain  drug  patents.    In  recent  years,  our  revenues  and  gross  margins  have 
increased from our generic drug offering programs.  An increase or a decrease in the availability of these generic 
drugs could have a material impact on our net income. 

Substantial  defaults  in  payment  or  a  material  reduction  in  purchases  of  our  products  by  large  customers 
could have a significant negative impact on our financial condition and results of operations and liquidity.  

In recent years, a significant portion of our revenue growth has been with a limited number of large customers.  
During the year ended March 31, 2003, sales to our ten largest customers accounted for approximately 50% of our 
total  revenues.    Sales  to  our  largest  customer,  Rite  Aid  Corporation,  represented  approximately  12%  of  our  2003 
revenues.  At March 31, 2003, accounts receivable from our ten largest customers and Rite Aid Corporation were 
approximately  43%  and  10%  of  total  accounts  receivable.  As  a  result,  our  sales  and  credit  concentration  have 
significantly increased.  Any defaults in payment or a material reduction in purchases from this large customer could 
have a significant negative impact on our financial condition, results of operations and liquidity. 

49

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

FINANCIAL REVIEW (Continued) 

Our  Pharmaceutical  Solutions  and  Medical-Surgical  Solutions  segments  are  dependent  upon  sophisticated 
information  systems.    The  implementation  delay,  malfunction  or  failure  of  these  systems  for  any  extended 
period of time could adversely affect our business. 

We rely on sophisticated information systems in our business to obtain, rapidly process, analyze and  manage 
data to: facilitate the purchase and distribution of thousands of inventory items from numerous distribution centers; 
receive,  process  and  ship  orders  on  a  timely  basis,  manage  the  accurate  billing  and  collections  for  thousands  of 
customers and process payments to suppliers.  Our business and results of operations may be materially adversely 
affected if these systems are interrupted, damaged by unforeseen events, or fail for any extended period of time. 

We could become subject to liability claims that are not adequately covered by our insurance, and may have 
to pay damages and other expenses which could have a material adverse effect on us. 

Our  business  exposes  us  to  risks  that  are  inherent  in  the  distribution  and  dispensing  of  pharmaceuticals,  the 
provision  of  ancillary  services  (such  as  our  pharmacy  management  business)  and  the  conduct  of  our  medical 
management businesses (which include disease management programs and our nurse triage services).  A successful 
product or professional  liability  claim  not  fully  covered by  our  insurance  or  any  applicable  contractual  indemnity 
could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations. 

The  ability  of  our  Information  Solutions  business  to  attract  and  retain  customers  due  to  challenges  in 
software  product  integration  and  technological  advances  may  significantly  reduce  our  revenues  or  increase 
our expenses.  

Our  Information  Solutions  business  delivers  enterprise-wide  patient  care,  clinical,  financial,  managed  care, 
payor  and  strategic  management  software  solutions,  as  well  as  networking  technologies,  electronic  commerce, 
outsourcing  and  other  services  to  healthcare  organizations  throughout  the  United  States  and  certain  foreign 
countries.  Challenges in integrating Information Solutions software products could impair our ability to attract and 
retain customers and may reduce our revenues or increase our expenses. 

Future  advances  in  the  healthcare  information  systems  industry  could  lead  to  new  technologies,  products  or 
services that are competitive with the products and services offered by our Information Solutions business.  Such 
technological advances could also lower the cost of such products and services or otherwise result in competitive 
pricing  pressure.    The  success  of  our  Information  Solutions  business  will  depend,  in  part,  on  its  ability  to  be 
responsive to technological developments, pricing pressures and changing business models.  To remain competitive 
in the evolving healthcare information systems marketplace, our Information Solutions business must develop new 
products on a timely basis.  The failure to develop competitive products and to introduce new products on a timely 
basis  could  curtail  the  ability  of  our  Information  Solutions  business  to  attract  and  retain  customers  and  thereby 
significantly reduce our net income. 

Our Information Solutions segment utilizes licenses from third parties. 

We license the rights to use certain technologies from third-party vendors to incorporate in or complement our 
Information Solutions segment products and solutions.  These licenses are generally nonexclusive, must be renewed 
periodically by mutual consent, and may be terminated if we breach the terms of the license.  As a result, we may 
have to discontinue, delay or reduce product shipments until we obtain equivalent technology, which could hurt our 
business.  Our competitors may obtain the right to use any of the technology covered by these licenses and use the 
technology to compete directly with us.  In addition, if our vendors choose to discontinue support of the licensed 
technology in the future, we may not be able to modify or adapt our own products. 

Proprietary technology protections may not be adequate and proprietary rights may infringe on the rights of 
third parties. 

We  rely  on  a  combination  of  trade  secret,  patent,  copyright  and  trademark  laws,  nondisclosure  and  other 
contractual  provisions  and  technical  measures  to  protect  our  proprietary  rights  to  our  products.    There  can  be  no 
assurance that these protections will be adequate or that our competitors will not independently develop technologies 
that  are  substantially  equivalent  or  superior  to  our  technology.    Although  we  believe  that  our  products  and  other 
proprietary  rights do  not  infringe upon  the proprietary  rights of  third parties,  from  time  to  time  third  parties  have 

50

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

FINANCIAL REVIEW (Continued) 

asserted infringement claims against us and there can be no assurance that third parties will not assert infringement 
claims  against  us  in  the  future.    If  we  were  found  to  be  infringing  on  other’s  rights,  we  may  be  required  to  pay 
substantial  damage  awards  and  forced  to  develop  non-infringing  technology,  obtain  a  license  or  cease  selling  the 
products that contain the infringing property.  Additionally, we may find it necessary to initiate litigation to protect 
our trade secrets, to enforce our patent, copyright and trademark rights, and to determine the scope and validity of 
the  proprietary  rights  of  others.    These  types  of  litigation  can  be  costly  and  time  consuming.    These  litigation 
expenses,  damage  payments,  or  cessation  of  use  of  infringing  technology  and  development  of  respective 
replacement technology could be significant and result in material losses to us. 

Potential  product  liability  claims  arising  from  healthcare  information  technology  business  products  could 
result in material losses to us. 

We provide products that assist clinical decision-making and relate to patient  medical  histories and treatment 
plans.    If  these  products  fail  to  provide  accurate  and  timely  information,  customers  could  assert  liability  claims 
against us.  Litigation with respect to liability claims, regardless of the outcome, could result in substantial cost to 
us, divert management's attention from operations and decrease market acceptance of our products.  We attempt to 
limit,  by  contract,  our  liability  for  damages  from  negligence,  errors  or  mistakes.    Despite  this  precaution,  the 
limitations of liability set forth in the contracts may not be enforceable or may not otherwise protect us from liability 
for  damages.    We  maintain  general  liability  insurance  coverage,  including  coverage  for  errors  and  omissions.  
However, this coverage may not continue to be available on acceptable terms or may not be available in sufficient 
amounts to cover one or more large claims against us.  In addition, the insurer might disclaim coverage as to any 
future claim. 

System errors and warranties in Information Solutions segment’s products could cause unforeseen liabilities. 

Our Information Solutions segment’s systems are very complex.  As with complex systems offered by others, 
our systems may contain errors, especially when first introduced.  Our Information Solutions business systems are 
intended to provide information for healthcare providers in providing patient care.  Therefore, users of our products 
have a greater sensitivity to system errors than the general market for software products.  Failure of a client's system 
to perform in accordance with our documentation could constitute a breach of warranty and could require us to incur 
additional expense in order to make the system comply with the documentation.  If such failure is not remedied in a 
timely  manner,  it  could  constitute  a  material  breach  under  a  contract,  allowing  the  client  to  cancel  the  contract, 
obtain refunds of amounts previously paid, or assert claims for significant damages. 

Potential regulation by the U.S. Food and Drug Administration, or FDA, of Information Solutions products 
as  medical  devices  could  impose  increased  costs,  delay  the  introduction  of  new  products  and  negatively 
impact our business. 

The  FDA  is  likely  to  become  increasingly  active  in  regulating  computer  software  intended  for  use  in  the 
healthcare  industry.    The  FDA  has  increasingly  focused  on  the  regulation  of  computer  products  and  computer-
assisted  products  as  medical  devices  under  the  federal  Food,  Drug  and  Cosmetic  Act.    If  the  FDA  chooses  to 
regulate any of our products as medical devices, it can impose extensive requirements upon us.  If we fail to comply 
with the applicable requirements, the FDA could respond by imposing fines, injunctions or civil penalties, requiring 
recalls  or  product  corrections,  suspending  production,  refusing  to  grant  pre-market  clearance  of  products, 
withdrawing  clearances  and  initiating  criminal  prosecution.    Any  final  FDA  policy  governing  computer  products, 
once issued, may increase the cost and time to market new or existing products or may prevent us from marketing 
our products. 

New  and  potential  federal  regulations  relating  to  patient  confidentiality  could  depress  the  demand  for  our 
Information Solutions products and impose significant product redesign costs on us. 

State and federal laws regulate the confidentiality of patient records and the circumstances under which those 
records  may  be  released.    These  regulations  govern  both  the  disclosure  and  use  of  confidential  patient  medical 
record  information  and  will  require  the  users  of  such  information  to  implement  specified  security  measures.  
Regulations  currently  in  place  governing  electronic  health  data  transmissions  continue  to  evolve  and  are  often 
unclear and difficult to apply. 

51

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

FINANCIAL REVIEW (Concluded) 

The  Health  Insurance  Portability  and  Accountability  Act  of  1996,  or  HIPAA,  requires  national  standards  for 
some types of electronic health information transactions and the data elements used in those transactions, security 
standards  to  ensure  the  integrity  and  confidentiality  of  health  information  and  standards  to  protect  the  privacy  of 
individually identifiable health information.  In December 2000, final health data privacy regulations were published 
that  required  healthcare  organizations  to  be  in  compliance  by  April  2003.    Such  organizations  must  also  be  in 
compliance with additional transaction regulations by October 2003 and security regulations by April 2005.  

Evolving  HIPAA-related  laws  or  regulations  could  restrict  the  ability  of  our  customers  to  obtain,  use  or 
disseminate patient information.  This could adversely affect demand for our products if they are not re-designed in 
a  timely  manner  in  order  to  meet  the  requirements  of  any  new  regulations  that  seek  to  protect  the  privacy  and 
security of patient data or enable our customers to execute new or modified healthcare transactions.  We may need 
to expend additional capital, research and development and other resources to modify our products to address these 
evolving data security and privacy issues.  

Due to the length of our sales and implementation cycles for our Information Solutions segment, our future 
operating results may be impacted. 

Our Information Solutions segment has long sales and implementation cycles, which could range from several 
months to over two years or more from initial contact with the customer to completion of implementation.  How and 
when  to  implement,  replace,  or  expand  an  information  system,  or  modify  or  add  business  processes,  are  major 
decisions for healthcare organizations.  The solutions we provide typically require significant capital expenditures 
and  time  commitments  by  the  customer.    Any  decision  by  our  customers  to  delay  implementation  may  adversely 
affect our revenues.  Furthermore, delays or failures to meet milestones established in our agreements may result in 
a breach of contract, termination of the agreement, damages and/or penalties as well as a reduction in our margins or 
a delay in our ability to recognize revenue. 

Reduced capacity in the commercial property insurance market exposes us to potential loss.  

In order to provide prompt and complete service to our major Pharmaceutical Solutions customers, we maintain 
significant product inventory at certain of our distribution centers.  While we seek to maintain property insurance 
coverage  in  amounts  sufficient  for  our  business,  there  can  be  no  assurance  that  our  property  insurance  will  be 
adequate or available on acceptable terms.  One or more large casualty losses caused by fire, earthquake or other 
natural disaster in excess of our coverage limits could materially harm our business, results of operations or financial 
condition. 

Our business could be hindered if we are unable to complete and integrate acquisitions successfully.  

An element of our strategy is to identify, pursue and consummate acquisitions that either expand or complement 
our  business.    Integration  of  acquisitions  involves  a  number  of  risks,  including  the  diversion  of  management's 
attention  to  the  assimilation  of  the  operations  of  businesses  we  have  acquired;  difficulties  in  the  integration  of 
operations  and  systems  and  the  realization  of  potential  operating  synergies;  the  assimilation  and  retention  of  the 
personnel  of  the  acquired  companies;  challenges  in  retaining  the  customers  of  the  combined  businesses;  and 
potential adverse effects on operating results.  In addition, we may potentially require additional financing in order 
to  fund  future  acquisitions,  which  may  or  may  not  be  attainable.    If  we  are  unable  to  successfully  complete  and 
integrate  strategic  acquisitions  in  a  timely  manner,  our  business  and  our  growth  strategies  could  be  negatively 
affected. 

In  addition  to  the  above,  the  following  factors  could  effect  future  results:  timing  and  amounts  of  ongoing 
customer  settlements  within  our  Information  Solutions  segment;  changes  in  generally  accepted  accounting 
principles, including the requirement by accounting setting standards boards to expense stock options; and general 
economic conditions. 

52

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

INDEPENDENT AUDITORS’ REPORT 

The Stockholders and Board of Directors of 
  McKesson Corporation: 

We  have  audited  the  accompanying  consolidated  balance  sheets  of  McKesson  Corporation  and  subsidiaries  as  of 
March 31,  2003,  2002  and  2001,  and  the  related  consolidated  statements  of  operations,  stockholders’  equity,  and 
cash  flows  for  each  of  the  three  fiscal  years  in  the  period  ended  March  31,  2003.    Our  audits  also  included  the 
financial statement schedule listed in the Index at Item 15(a).  These consolidated financial statements and financial 
statement schedule are the responsibility of the Company’s management.  Our responsibility is to express an opinion 
on these financial statements and financial statement schedule based on our audits.  

We conducted our audits in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America.  
Those  standards  require  that  we  plan  and  perform  the  audit  to  obtain  reasonable  assurance  about  whether  the 
financial  statements  are  free  of  material  misstatement.    An  audit  includes  examining,  on  a  test  basis,  evidence 
supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements.  An audit also includes assessing the accounting 
principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement 
presentation.  We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion. 

In our opinion, such consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of 
McKesson Corporation and subsidiaries at March 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001, and the results of their operations and 
their  cash  flows  for  each  of  the  three  years  in  the  period  ended  March  31,  2003,  in  conformity  with  accounting 
principles  generally  accepted  in  the  United  States  of  America.    Also,  in  our  opinion,  such  consolidated  financial 
statement  schedule,  when  considered  in  relation  to  the  basic  consolidated  financial  statements  taken  as  a  whole, 
presents fairly in all material respects, the information set forth therein. 

As  discussed  in  Financial  Note  18  to  the  consolidated  financial  statements,  the  Company  is  involved  in  certain 
shareholder litigation related to HBO & Company and subsidiaries. 

As discussed in Financial Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements, in fiscal 2002 the Company changed its 
method  of  accounting  for  goodwill  and  other  intangible  assets  to  conform  to  Statement  of  Financial  Accounting 
Standards No. 142, Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets. 

As discussed in Financial Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements, in fiscal 2003 the Company changed its 
method of accounting for discontinued operations to conform to Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 
144, Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets. 

DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP 

San Francisco, California 
April 29, 2003, except for paragraphs 25, 30, 31 and 32 of Financial Note 18,  

as to which the date is June 4, 2003 

53

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS 
(In millions, except per share amounts) 

Revenues 
Cost of Sales 
Gross Profit 
Operating Expenses 
  Selling 
  Distribution 
  Research and development 
  Administrative 
  Loss on sales of businesses, net 

Total 

Operating Income  
Interest Expense 
Gain (Loss) on Investments, Net 
Other Income, Net 

Income from Continuing Operations Before Income Taxes and 

Dividends on Preferred Securities of Subsidiary Trust 

Income Taxes 

Income (Loss) from Continuing Operations Before Dividends on 

Preferred Securities of Subsidiary Trust 

Dividends on Preferred Securities of Subsidiary Trust, Net of Tax 

Benefit of $4.0 per year 

Years Ended March 31, 
2002 

2003 

2001 

$ 

  $ 

57,120.8 
54,018.3 
3,102.5 

  $ 

49,988.1 
47,199.6 
2,788.5 

42,000.1 
39,583.1 
2,417.0 

499.0 
571.7 
149.4 
952.5 
- 

2,172.6 

929.9 
(114.8)   
1.4 
45.1 

861.6 
293.3 

568.3 

425.6 
502.7 
135.1 
1,004.6 
22.0 
2,090.0 

698.5 
(112.9)   
(13.7)   
40.4 

612.3 
184.3 

428.0 

379.7 
509.2 
147.6 
1,175.6 

- 

2,212.1 

204.9 
(111.2) 
(120.9) 
42.0 

14.8 
51.9 

(37.1) 

(6.2)   

(6.2)   

(6.2) 

Income (Loss) After Income Taxes 

Continuing operations 
Discontinued operations 
Discontinued operations – loss on sale 

Net Income (Loss) 

Earnings (Loss) Per Common Share 

Diluted 

Continuing operations 
Discontinued operations 
Discontinued operations – loss on sale 

Total 

Basic 

Continuing operations 
Discontinued operations 
Discontinued operations – loss on sale 

Total 

Weighted Average Shares 

Diluted 
Basic 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

562.1 

(3.0)   
(3.7)   

555.4 

  $ 

421.8 

(3.2)   
- 
418.6 

  $ 

1.90 
(0.01)   
(0.01)   
1.88 

1.94 
(0.01)   
(0.01)   
1.92 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

1.44 
(0.01)   
- 
1.43 

1.48 
(0.01)   
- 
1.47 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

298.8 
289.3 

298.1 
285.2 

(43.3) 
(5.0) 
- 
(48.3) 

(0.15) 
(0.02) 
- 
(0.17) 

(0.15) 
(0.02) 

- 

(0.17) 

283.1 
283.1 

See Financial Notes 

54 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS 
(In millions, except per share amounts) 

ASSETS 
Current Assets 

Cash and cash equivalents 
Marketable securities available for sale 
Receivables, net 
Inventories 
Prepaid expenses 

Total   

Property, Plant and Equipment, net 
Capitalized Software Held for Sale 
Notes Receivable 
Goodwill and Other Intangibles 
Other Assets 

Total Assets 

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY 
Current Liabilities 

Drafts and accounts payable 
Deferred revenue 
Current portion of long-term debt 
Salaries and wages 
Taxes 
Other  

Total 

$ 

$ 

$ 

Postretirement Obligations and Other Noncurrent Liabilities 
Long-Term Debt 
McKesson Corporation-Obligated Mandatorily Redeemable Preferred
Securities  of  Subsidiary  Grantor  Trust  Whose  Sole  Assets  are
Junior Subordinated Debentures of McKesson Corporation 

Other Commitments and Contingent Liabilities (Note 18) 

Stockholders' Equity 

Preferred stock, $0.01 par value, 100.0 shares authorized, no shares 

issued or outstanding 

Common stock, $0.01 par value  

Shares authorized: 2003 – 800.0, 2002 and 2001 – 400.0 
Shares issued: 2003 – 292.3, 2002 – 287.9, 2001 – 286.3 

Additional paid-in capital 
Other capital 
Retained earnings 
Accumulated other comprehensive losses 
ESOP notes and guarantees 
Treasury shares, at cost, 2003 – 1.1, 2001 – 2.3  

Total Stockholders' Equity 
Total Liabilities and Stockholders' Equity 

2003 

March 31, 
2002 

2001 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

522.0 
11.5 
4,594.7 
6,022.5 
102.9 
11,253.6 

593.7 
126.2 
248.6 
1,449.5 
681.8 
14,353.4 

6,630.7 
459.7 
10.2 
217.2 
221.3 
435.3 
7,974.4 

363.5 
1,290.7 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

557.8 
5.1 
3,998.1 
6,011.5 
128.6 
10,701.1 

593.5 
118.4 
237.7 
1,115.7 
559.5 
13,325.9 

6,318.3 
404.1 
141.3 
181.3 
121.7 
421.6 
7,588.3 

312.7 
1,288.7 

433.5 
11.9 
3,439.4 
5,116.4 
157.3 
9,158.5 

594.2 
103.7 
131.3 
1,064.4 
479.9 
11,532.0 

5,338.3 
399.8 
194.1 
141.7 
79.6 
393.5 
6,547.0 

260.3 
1,035.9 

196.3 

196.1 

195.9 

- 

- 

- 

2.9 
1,921.2 

(89.5)   

2,843.3 

(59.1)   
(61.7)   
(28.6)   

2.9 
1,831.0 

(94.9)   

2,357.2 

(81.6)   
(74.5)   
- 

2.9 
1,828.7 
(108.4) 
2,006.6 
(75.0) 
(89.0) 
(72.9) 
3,492.9 
11,532.0 

4,528.5 
14,353.4 

  $ 

3,940.1 
13,325.9 

  $ 

$ 

See Financial Notes 

55 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
625   

1,624   

1,811   

Balances, March 31, 2000    283,868  $ 
Issuance of shares under  
  employee plans 
Employee Stock  
  Ownership Plan (“ESOP”)  
  note payments 
Translation adjustment 
Additional minimum  
  pension liability, net of tax  
  of $(0.8) 
Net loss 
Acquisition of  
  MediVation.com 
Unrealized gain on  
  investments, net of tax  
  of $(23.3) 
Repurchase of shares 
Other 
Cash dividends declared,  
  $0.24 per common share 
Balances, March 31, 2001    286,304   
Issuance of shares under  
  employee plans 
ESOP note payments 
Translation adjustment 
Additional minimum  
  pension liability, net of tax  
  of $(1.9) 
Net income 
Unrealized gain on  
  investments, net of tax of  
  $(0.1) 
Repurchase of shares 
Other 
Cash dividends declared,  
  $0.24 per common share 
Balances, March 31, 2002    287,928   
Issuance of shares under  
  employee plans 
ESOP note payments 
Translation adjustment 
Additional minimum  
  pension liability, net of tax  
  of $(2.1) 
Net income 
Unrealized loss on investments,  
  net of tax benefit of $0.7 
Repurchase of shares 
Other 
Cash dividends declared,  
  $0.24 per common share 
Balances, March 31, 2003 

  292,280  $ 

4,352   

McKESSON CORPORATION 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY 
Years Ended March 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001 
(Shares in thousands, dollars in millions) 

Common 
Stock 

  Shares 

  Amount 

Additional 
  Paid-in 
  Capital 

Other 

Retained  Comprehensive 

  Capital    Earnings   

Losses 

Common 
  Shares 

  Amount     

Stockholders’  Comprehensive 
 Income (Loss) 

Equity 

ESOP Notes   
and 
  Guarantees 

Treasury 

Accumulated 
Other 

2.8  $  1,791.1  $  (126.1) $  2,122.3  $ 

(97.1)  $ 

(99.9)  

(515) $ 

(27.3) $ 

3,565.8 

0.1   

17.6   

17.7   

429   

20.0   

55.4 

20.0   

10.9   

(15.4) 

1.1 

36.4 

(48.3)  

0.9   

(2,235)  

(65.6)  

2.9   

1,828.7   

(68.3)  
(108.4)   2,006.6   

(75.0) 

(89.0)  

(2,321)  

(72.9)  

5.3   

13.5   

3,564   

117.1   

14.5   

(4.2) 

(3.3) 

0.1 

0.8 

(1,243)  

(44.2)  

(81.6) 

(74.5)  

-   

- 

(68.5) 
3,940.1  $ 

412.0 

418.6   

(3.0)  

0.5   

2.9   

1,831.0   

(68.5)  
(94.9)   2,357.2   

90.2   

5.4   

10.9 
(15.4)  $ 

1.1 
(48.3) 

20.0 

36.4 
(65.6) 
0.9 

(68.3) 
3,492.9  $ 

135.9 
14.5 
(4.2)  $ 

(3.3) 
418.6 

0.1 
(44.2) 
(1.7) 

(15.4) 

1.1 
 (48.3) 

36.4 

(26.2) 

 (4.2) 

(3.3) 
418.6 

0.1 

0.8 

95.6 
12.8 
29.7  $ 

(5.1) 
555.4 

(1.3) 
(28.6) 
(0.4) 

(69.7) 
4,528.5  $ 

29.7 

(5.1) 
555.4 

(1.3) 

(0.8) 

577.9 

12.8   

29.7 

(5.1) 

(1.3) 

(0.8) 

555.4   

0.4   

(1,113)  

(28.6)  

2.9  $  1,921.2  $ 

(69.7)  
(89.5) $  2,843.3  $ 

(59.1)  $ 

(61.7)  

(1,113) $ 

(28.6) $ 

See Financial Notes 

56 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS 
(In millions) 

Years Ended March 31, 
2002 

2003 

2001 

Operating Activities 
Income (loss) from continuing operations 
Adjustments to reconcile to net cash provided by operating activities:  

$ 

562.1 

  $ 

421.8 

  $ 

(43.3) 

Depreciation 
Amortization 
Provision for bad debts 
Deferred taxes on income 
Loss on sales of businesses, net 
Other non-cash items 

Total 

Effects of changes in: 

Receivables 
Inventories 
Drafts and accounts payable 
Deferred revenue 
Taxes 
Other 

Total 
Net cash provided by continuing operations 

Discontinued operations 

Net cash provided by operating activities 

Investing Activities 
Property acquisitions 
Capitalized software expenditures 
Acquisitions of businesses, less cash and cash equivalents acquired 
Notes receivable issuances, net 
Proceeds from sale of notes receivable 
Other 

Net cash used by investing activities 

Financing Activities 
Proceeds from issuance of debt 
Repayment of debt 
Dividends paid on convertible preferred securities of subsidiary trust   
Capital stock transactions: 

Issuances 
Share repurchases 
ESOP notes and guarantees 
Dividends paid 
Other 

Net cash provided (used) by financing activities 
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents 
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year 
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year 

Supplemental Information: 
Cash paid (received) for: 

Interest 
Income taxes 

$ 

$ 

101.2 
102.5 
68.5 
126.6 
- 
9.1 
970.0 

(641.6)   
13.4 
286.5 
50.7 
16.6 
0.4 
(274.0)   
696.0 

(0.5)   

695.5 

(116.0)   
(183.7)   
(385.8)   
(55.7)   
117.9 
47.2 
(576.1)   

- 
(142.5)   
(10.0)   

117.2 
89.3 
61.7 
76.8 
22.0 
45.4 
834.2 

(736.1)   
(901.5)   
978.9 
7.9 
150.9 

(5.7)   
(505.6)   
328.6 

(2.4)   

326.2 

(130.8)   
(125.1)   
(73.1)   
(58.6)   
- 
4.0 
(383.6)   

397.3 
(200.7)   
(10.0)   

78.8 
(25.0)   
12.8 
(69.7)   
0.4 
(155.2)   
(35.8)   
557.8 
522.0 

  $ 

88.1 
(44.2)   
14.5 
(68.5)   
5.2 
181.7 
124.3 
433.5 
557.8 

  $ 

114.9 
130.5 
237.9 
(21.4) 
- 
282.7 
701.3 

(628.5) 
(985.0) 
1,483.1 
34.7 
(296.7) 
22.1 
(370.3) 
331.0 
(5.8) 
325.2 

(158.0) 
(97.5) 
(51.9) 
(30.9) 
- 
23.2 
(315.1) 

9.3 
(42.1) 
(10.0) 

38.6 
(65.6) 
10.9 
(68.3) 
1.7 
(125.5) 
(115.4) 
548.9 
433.5 

  $ 

122.0 
139.2 

  $ 

108.9 
(45.7)   

114.5 
330.5 

See Financial Notes 

57 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

FINANCIAL NOTES 

1.  Significant Accounting Policies 

Nature  of  Operations.    The  consolidated  financial  statements  of  McKesson  Corporation  (“McKesson,”  the 
“Company,” or “we” and other similar pronouns) include the financial statements of all majority-owned companies.  
Significant  intercompany  transactions  and  balances  have  been  eliminated.    Certain  prior  year  amounts  have  been 
reclassified to conform to the current year presentation.  The Company’s fiscal year begins on April 1 and ends on 
March 31.  Unless otherwise noted, all references to a particular year shall mean the Company’s fiscal year. 

We  conduct  our  business  through  three  segments:  Pharmaceutical  Solutions,  Medical-Surgical  Solutions  and 
Information Solutions.  The Pharmaceutical Solutions segment includes our U.S. and Canadian pharmaceutical and 
healthcare  products  distribution  businesses  and  a  22%  equity  interest  in  a  pharmaceutical  distributor  in  Mexico 
(Nadro S.A. de C.V., “Nadro”).  Our U.S. Pharmaceutical Solutions business also includes the manufacture and sale 
of  automated  pharmaceutical  dispensing  systems  for  hospitals  and  retail  pharmacists,  medical  management  and 
specialty  pharmaceutical  solutions  for  biotech  and  pharmaceutical  manufacturers,  patient  and  payor  services, 
consulting  and  outsourcing  services  to  pharmacies,  and  distribution  of  first-aid  products  to  industrial  and 
commercial  customers.    The  Medical-Surgical  Solutions  segment  distributes  medical-surgical  supplies  and 
equipment, and provides logistics and related services within the U.S.  The Information Solutions segment delivers 
enterprise-wide  clinical,  revenue  cycle  and  resource  management  software  solutions,  as  well  as  technology, 
outsourcing  and  other  professional  services,  to  healthcare  organizations  throughout  North  America,  certain 
European countries and the United Kingdom.  

Use of Estimates.  The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally 
accepted in the United States of America requires that we make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported 
amounts  of  assets  and  liabilities  and  disclosure  of  contingent  assets  and  liabilities  as  of  the  date  of  the  financial 
statements  and  the  reported  amounts  of  revenues  and  expenses  during  the  reporting  period.    Actual  results  could 
differ from those estimates. 

Cash and Cash Equivalents include all highly liquid debt instruments purchased with a maturity of three months 

or less at the date of acquisition. 

Marketable Securities Available for Sale are carried at fair value and the net unrealized gains and losses, net of 
the  related  tax  effect,  computed  in  marking  these  securities  to  market  have  been  reported  within  stockholders’ 
equity.   

Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market.  Inventories for the Pharmaceutical Solutions and Medical-
Surgical  Solutions  segments  consist  of  merchandise  held  for  resale  with  the  majority  of  the  cost  of  domestic 
inventories determined on the last-in, first-out (“LIFO”) method and international inventories stated at average cost.  
Information Solutions segment inventories consist of computer hardware with cost determined either by the specific 
identification  or  first-in,  first-out  method.    The  LIFO  method  was  used  to  value  approximately  90%  of  our 
inventories  at  March  31,  2003,  2002  and  2001.    Total  inventories  before  the  LIFO  cost  adjustment,  which 
approximates  replacement  cost,  were  $6,241.0  million,  $6,243.5  million  and $5,358.4  million  at  March  31,  2003, 
2002 and 2001. 

Property, Plant and Equipment is stated at cost and depreciated on the straight-line method at rates designed to 

distribute the cost of properties over estimated service lives ranging from one to 50 years. 

Capitalized Software Held for Sale consists of development costs for software held for sale primarily for our 
Information  Solutions  segment.    Such  costs  are  capitalized  once  a  project  has  reached  the  point  of  technological 
feasibility.  Completed projects are amortized after reaching the point of general availability using the straight-line 
method  based  on  an  estimated  useful  life  of  approximately  three  years.    We  monitor  the  net  realizable  value  of 
capitalized software held for sale to ensure that the investment will be recovered through future sales.   

Additional information regarding our capitalized software expenditures is as follows: 

(In millions) 
Amounts capitalized 
Amortization expense 
Third-party royalty fees paid 

Years Ended March 31,  

2003 

2002 

2001 

  $ 

44.5 
44.3 
24.9 

  $ 

48.0 
37.2 
20.8 

39.3 
31.8 
17.9 

$ 

58 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

FINANCIAL NOTES (Continued) 

Long-lived  Assets.    We  assess  the  recoverability  of  goodwill  on  an  annual  basis  and  other  long-lived  assets 
when  events  or  changes  in  circumstances  indicate  that  the  carrying  amount  of  an  asset  may  not  be  recoverable.  
Measurement of impairment losses for long-lived assets, including goodwill, that we expect to hold and use is based 
on estimated fair values of the assets.  Estimates of fair values are based on quoted market prices, when available, 
the results of valuation techniques utilizing discounted cash flows (using the lowest level of identifiable cash flows) 
or  fundamental  analysis.    Long-lived  assets  to  be  disposed  of,  either  by  sale  or  abandonment,  are  reported  at  the 
lower of carrying amount or fair value less costs to sell. 

Capitalized  Software  Held  for  Internal  Use  is  amortized  over  estimated  useful  lives  ranging  from  one  to  10 
years  and  is  included  in  other  assets  in  the  consolidated  balance  sheets.    As  of  March  31,  2003,  2002  and  2001, 
capitalized software held for internal use was $327.6 million, $224.3 million and $139.8 million, net of accumulated 
amortization of $127.7 million, $99.0 million, and $90.3 million.  

Insurance Programs.  Under our insurance programs, we seek to obtain coverage for catastrophic exposures as 
well as those risks required to be insured by law or contract.  It is our policy to retain a significant portion of certain 
losses  primarily  related  to  workers’  compensation  and  comprehensive  general,  product,  and  vehicle  liability.  
Provisions for losses expected under these programs are recorded based upon our estimate of the aggregate liability 
for claims incurred.  Such estimates utilize certain actuarial assumptions followed in the insurance industry. 

Revenue Recognition.  Revenues for our Pharmaceutical Solutions and Medical-Surgical Solutions segments are 
recognized  when  products  are  shipped  or  services  are  provided  to  customers.    Included  in  our  Pharmaceutical 
Solutions segment revenues are large volume sales of pharmaceuticals to major self-warehousing drugstore chains 
whereby we act as an intermediary in the order and subsequent delivery of products directly from the manufacturer 
to the customers’ warehouses.  These sales totaled $14.8 billion in 2003, $13.2 billion in 2002, and $10.7 billion in 
2001. 

Revenues  for  our  Information  Solutions  segment  are  generated  primarily  by  licensing  software  systems 
(consisting of software,  hardware  and  maintenance support),  and providing  outsourcing  and professional  services.  
Software  systems  are  marketed  under  information  systems  agreements  as  well  as  service  agreements.    Perpetual 
software arrangements are recognized at the time of delivery or under the percentage-of-completion contract method 
in  accordance  with  Statement  of  Position  (“SOP”)  97-2,  “Software  Revenue  Recognition”  and  SOP  81-1 
“Accounting  for  Performance  of  Construction-Type  and  Certain  Production-Type  Contracts,”  based  on  the  terms 
and  conditions  in  the  contract.    Changes  in  estimates  to  complete  and  revisions  in  overall  profit  estimates  on 
percentage  of  completion  contracts  are  recognized  in  the  period  in  which  they  are  determined.    We  accrue  for 
contract losses if and when the current estimate of total contract costs exceeds total contract revenue.  In 2003, a 
contract loss provision of $51.0 million was included in cost of sales, reflecting expected losses for certain multi-
year  contracts  within  this  segment’s  international  business.    This  provision  is  subject  to  change  as  additional 
information is obtained and as the contracts progress towards completion.  Hardware is generally recognized upon 
delivery.  Multi-year software license agreements are recognized ratably over the term of the agreement.  Software 
implementation  fees  are  recognized  as  the  work  is  performed  or  under  the  percentage-of-completion  contract 
method.    Maintenance  and  support  agreements  are  marketed  under  annual  or  multiyear  agreements  and  are 
recognized ratably over the period covered by the agreements.  Remote processing services are recognized monthly 
as the service is performed.  Outsourcing services are recognized as the service is performed. 

We  also  offer  our  products  on  an  application  service  provider  (“ASP”)  basis,  making  available  our  software 
functionality on a remote hosting basis from our data centers.  The data centers provide system and administrative 
support as well as hosting services.  Revenue on products sold on an ASP basis is recognized on a monthly basis 
over the term of the contract starting when the hosting services begin. 

Income  Taxes.    We  account  for  income  taxes  under  the  liability  method,  which  requires  the  recognition  of 
deferred tax assets and liabilities for the expected future tax consequences of events that have been included in the 
financial statements.  Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on the difference 
between the financial statements and tax basis of assets and liabilities using enacted tax rates in effect for the year in 
which the differences are expected to reverse. 

59 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

FINANCIAL NOTES (Continued) 

Foreign Currency Translation.  Assets and liabilities of international subsidiaries are translated into U.S. dollars 
at  year-end  exchange  rates,  and  revenues  and  expenses  are  translated  at  average  exchange  rates  during  the  year.  
Cumulative  currency  translation  adjustments  are  included  in  accumulated  other  comprehensive  losses  in  the 
stockholders' equity section of the consolidated balance sheets.  Realized gains and losses from currency exchange 
transactions are recorded in operating expenses in the consolidated statements of operations and were not material to 
our consolidated results of operations in 2003, 2002 or 2001. 

Derivative Financial Instruments.  Derivative financial instruments are used principally in the management of 
our foreign currency and interest rate exposures and are recorded on the balance sheet at fair value.  If the derivative 
is designated as a fair value hedge, the changes in the fair value of the derivative and of the hedged item attributable 
to the hedged risk are recognized as a charge or credit to earnings.  If the derivative is designated as a cash flow 
hedge,  the  effective  portions  of  changes  in  the  fair  value  of  the  derivative  are  recorded  in  accumulated  other 
comprehensive  losses  and  are  recognized  in  the  consolidated  statement  of  earnings  when  the  hedged  item  affects 
earnings.  Ineffective portions of changes in the fair value of cash flow hedges are recognized as a charge or credit to 
earnings.    Derivative  instruments  not  designated  as  hedges  are  marked-to-market  at  the  end  of  each  accounting 
period with the results included in earnings. 

Concentrations  of  Credit  Risk.    Trade  receivables  subject  us  to  a  concentration  of  credit  risk  with  customers 
primarily in our Pharmaceutical Solutions segment.  A significant proportion of the increase in revenues has been to 
a  limited  number  of  large  customers  and  as  a  result,  our  credit  concentration  has  increased.    Accordingly,  any 
defaults  in  payment  by  or  a  reduction  in  purchases  from  these  large  customers  could  have  a  significant  negative 
impact on our financial condition, results of operations and liquidity.  At March 31, 2003, revenues and accounts 
receivables  from  our  ten  largest  customers  accounted  for  approximately  50%  and  43%  of  total  revenues  and 
accounts receivables.  Fiscal 2003 revenues to, and March 31, 2003 receivables from, our largest customer, Rite Aid 
Corporation,  represented  approximately  12%  of  total  revenues  and  10%  of  accounts  receivable.    We  have  also 
provided financing arrangements to certain of our customers within our Pharmaceutical Solutions segment, some of 
which  are  on  a  revolving  basis.  At  March  31,  2003,  these  arrangements  totaled  $275.9  million  and  we  have  a 
security interest in the customers’ assets.  

Accounts  Receivable  Sales.    At  March  31,  2003,  we  had  a  $950  million  committed  receivables  sales  facility 
which  was  fully  available.    The  program  qualifies  for  sale  treatment  under  Statement  of  Financial  Accounting 
Standards  (“SFAS”)  No.  140,  “Accounting  For  Transfers  and  Servicing  Financial  Assets  and  Extinguishments  of 
Liabilities.”  Sales are recorded at the estimated fair values of the receivables sold, reflecting discounts for the time 
value  of  money  based  on  U.S.  commercial  paper  rates  and  estimated  loss  provisions.    Discounts  are  recorded  in 
administration expenses in the consolidated statements of operations. 

Employee  Stock  Options.    We  account  for  our  employee  stock-based  compensation  plans  using  the  intrinsic 
value  method  under  Accounting  Principles  Board  (“APB”)  Opinion  No.  25,  “Accounting  for  Stock  Issued  to 
Employees.”  Had compensation cost for our employee stock-based compensation been recognized based on the fair 
value method, consistent with the provisions of SFAS No. 123, “Stock-Based Compensation,” net income (loss) and 
earnings (loss) per share would have been as follows:   

(In millions, except per share amounts) 
Net income (loss), as reported 
Compensation expense, net of tax: 

APB Opinion No. 25 expense included in net income 
SFAS No. 123 expense 
Pro forma net income (loss) 
Earnings per common share: 
Diluted – as reported 
Diluted – pro forma 
Basic – as reported 
Basic – pro forma 

Years Ended March 31, 
2002 

2003 

2001 

$ 

555.4 

  $ 

418.6    $ 

(48.3) 

3.2 
(159.5)  
399.1 

  $ 

6.9   
(168.6)   
256.9    $ 

3.0 
(139.7) 
(185.0) 

1.88    $ 
1.36   
1.92   
1.38   

1.43    $ 
0.88   
1.47   
0.90   

(0.17) 
(0.65) 
(0.17) 
(0.65) 

$ 

$ 

60 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

FINANCIAL NOTES (Continued) 

New Accounting Pronouncements.  On April 1, 2001, we adopted SFAS No. 133, “Accounting for Derivative 
Instruments  and  Hedging  Activities,”  as  amended  in  June  2000  by  SFAS  No.  138,  “Accounting  for  Certain 
Derivative  Instruments  and  Certain Hedging  Activities,” which  establishes  accounting and  reporting  standards  for 
derivative  instruments  and  for  hedging  activities.    These  statements  require  that  we  recognize  all  derivatives  as 
either  assets  or  liabilities  in  the  consolidated  balance  sheets  and  measure  these  instruments  at  fair  value.    The 
adoption of this accounting standard did not materially impact our consolidated financial statements. 

In  June  2001,  the  Financial  Accounting  Standards  Board  (“FASB”)  issued  SFAS  No.  141,  “Business 
Combinations,”  which  eliminated  the  pooling  method  of  accounting  for  all  business  combinations  initiated  after 
June  30,  2001  and  addresses  the  initial  recognition  and  measurement  of  goodwill  and  other  intangible  assets 
acquired in a business combination.  We adopted this accounting standard for business combinations initiated after 
June 30, 2001. 

In June 2001, the FASB issued SFAS No. 142, "Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets," which addresses the 
financial  accounting  and  reporting  standards  for  the  acquisition  of  intangible  assets  outside  of  a  business 
combination and for goodwill and other intangible assets subsequent to their acquisition.  This accounting standard 
requires that goodwill be separately disclosed from other intangible assets in the consolidated balance sheets, and no 
longer be amortized but tested for impairment at least annually.  We adopted SFAS No. 142 on April 1, 2001 and in 
accordance with this standard, we discontinued the amortization of goodwill effective on this date.  Had goodwill 
not been amortized in 2001, net loss would have been $46.1 million lower than reported, to $2.2 million, from $48.3 
million.  Similarly, diluted and basic loss per share would have been $0.16 lower than reported, to $0.01 from $0.17.   

Also  in  June  2001,  the  FASB  issued  SFAS  No.  143,  “Accounting  for  Asset  Retirement  Obligations,”  which 
addresses financial accounting requirements for retirement obligations associated with tangible long-lived assets.  In 
May  2002,  the  FASB  issued  SFAS  No.  145,  “Rescission  of  FASB  Statements  4,  44,  64,  Amendment  to  FASB 
Statement No. 13, and Technical Corrections as of April 2002.”  SFAS No. 145 amends other existing authoritative 
pronouncements  to  make  various  technical  corrections,  clarify  meanings,  or  describe  their  applicability  under 
changed conditions.  SFAS Nos. 143 and 145 will become effective for 2004.  These statements are not expected to 
have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements. 

In August 2001, the FASB issued SFAS No. 144, “Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived 
Assets,”  that  replaces  SFAS No.  121,  “Accounting  for  the  Impairment  of Long-Lived  Assets  and  for  Long-Lived 
Assets to Be Disposed Of.”  SFAS No. 144 requires that long-lived assets to be disposed of by sale, including those 
of discontinued operations, be measured at the lower of carrying amount or fair value less cost to sell.  Discontinued 
operations are no longer measured at net realizable value or include amounts for operating losses that have not yet 
been incurred.  SFAS No. 144 also broadens the reporting of discontinued operations to include all components of 
an entity with operations that can be distinguished from the rest of the entity and that will be eliminated from the 
ongoing operations in a disposal transaction.  We adopted SFAS No. 144 as of April 1, 2002.  As a result of this new 
standard, in 2003, we classified a disposition of a business as a discontinued operation (see Financial Note 3). 

In  July  2002,  the  FASB  issued  SFAS  No.  146,  “Accounting  for  Costs  Associated  with  Exit  or  Disposal 
Activities,” which replaces Emerging Issues Task Force (“EITF”) Issue No. 94-3, “Liability Recognition for Certain 
Employee  Termination  Benefits  and  Other  Costs  to  Exit  an  Activity.”    SFAS  No.  146  requires  that  liabilities 
associated  with  exit  or  disposal  activities  be  recognized  when  they  are  incurred.    Under  EITF  Issue  No.  94-3,  a 
liability for exit costs is recognized at the date of a commitment to an exit plan.  SFAS No. 146 also requires that the 
liability  be  measured  and recorded  at  fair value.   Accordingly,  this  standard  may  affect  the  timing of  recognizing 
future restructuring costs as well as the amounts recognized.  The provisions of SFAS No. 146 are required to be 
adopted for restructuring activities initiated after December 31, 2002 on a prospective basis.  Liabilities recognized 
prior to the initial application of SFAS No. 146 are continued to be accounted for in accordance with preexisting 
guidance.  We adopted this standard as of January 1, 2003.  The adoption of this standard did not have a material 
impact on our consolidated financial statements. 

61 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

FINANCIAL NOTES (Continued) 

In November 2002, the FASB issued Interpretation (“FIN”) No. 45, “Guarantor’s Accounting and Disclosure 
Requirements  for  Guarantees,  Including  Indirect  Guarantees  of  Indebtedness  of  Others.”    This  interpretation 
elaborates  on  the  disclosures  to  be  made  by  a  guarantor  in  its  interim  and  annual  financial  statements  about 
obligations under certain guarantees that it has issued.  It also clarifies that a guarantor is required to recognize, at 
the inception of a guarantee, a liability for the fair value of the obligation undertaken in issuing the guarantee.  The 
disclosure requirements of FIN No. 45 are effective for interim and annual periods ending after December 15, 2002, 
and  we  have  adopted  those  requirements  in  the  accompanying  Financial  Note  16.    The  initial  recognition  and 
measurement  requirements  of  FIN  No.  45  are  effective  prospectively  for  guarantees  issued  or  modified  after 
December 31, 2002.  FIN No. 45 is not expected to have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements. 

In November 2002, the FASB reached a consensus regarding EITF Issue No. 00-21, “Revenue Arrangements 
with  Multiple  Deliverables.”    EITF  Issue  No.  00-21  addresses  accounting  for  arrangements  that  may  involve  the 
delivery or performance of multiple products, services, and/or rights to use assets.  The guidance provided by EITF 
Issue No. 00-21 is effective for us on contracts entered into on or after July 1, 2003.  We do not believe the adoption 
of this standard will have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.  

Also in November 2002, the FASB reached a consensus on EITF Issue No. 02-16, “Accounting by a Customer 
(Including a Reseller) for Certain Consideration Received from a Vendor.”  EITF Issue No. 02-16 provides that cash 
consideration received from a vendor is presumed to be a reduction of the prices of the vendor's products or services 
and should, therefore, be characterized as a reduction in cost of sales unless it is a payment for assets or services 
delivered  to  the  vendor,  in  which  case  the  cash  consideration  should  be  characterized  as  revenue,  or  it  is  a 
reimbursement  of  costs  incurred  to  sell  the  vendor's  products,  in  which  case  the  cash  consideration  should  be 
characterized  as  a  reduction  of  that  cost.    This  consensus  is  generally  effective  for  new  or  modified  agreements 
subsequent to November 2002.  We were previously accounting for rebates in accordance with this consensus, and 
as a result, the adoption did not have a material effect on our consolidated financial statements. 

In December 2002, the FASB issued SFAS No. 148, “Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation – Transition 
and Disclosure.”  This statement amends SFAS No. 123, “Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation,” to provide 
alternative methods of transition for a voluntary change to the fair value based method of accounting for stock-based 
employee  compensation.    In  addition,  SFAS  No.  148  amends  the  disclosure  requirements  of  SFAS  No.  123  to 
require prominent  disclosures  in  both  annual  and  interim  financial  statements  about  the method of  accounting  for 
stock-based employee compensation and the effect of the method used on reported results.  As required, we adopted 
the disclosure provisions of this standard.  We are currently assessing the fair value approach under SFAS No. 123 
and the transitional provisions of SFAS No. 148. 

In January 2003, the FASB issued FIN No. 46, “Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities.”  This interpretation 
clarifies  the  application  of  Accounting  Research  Bulletin  No.  51,  “Consolidated  Financial  Statements,”  in 
determining  whether  a  reporting  entity  should  consolidate  certain  legal  entities,  including  partnerships,  limited 
liability  companies,  or  trusts,  among  others,  collectively  defined  as  variable  interest  entities  (“VIEs”).    This 
interpretation applies to VIEs created or obtained after January 31, 2003, and as of July 1, 2003, to VIEs in which an 
enterprise holds a variable interest that it acquired before February 1, 2003.  We are currently assessing the impact 
of  FIN  No.  46  on  our  consolidated  financial  statements;  however,  we  do  not  believe  that  the  adoption  of  such 
standard will have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements. 

In April 2003, the FASB issued SFAS No. 149, “Amendment of Statement 133 on Derivative Instruments and 
Hedging Activities.”  SFAS No. 149 amends SFAS No. 133 for decisions made as part of the FASB’s Derivatives 
Implementation  Group  process,  other  FASB  projects  dealing  with  financial  instruments,  and  in  connection  with 
implementation  issues  raised  in  relation  to  the  application  of  the  definition  of  a  derivative.    This  statement  is 
generally  effective  for  contracts  entered  into  or  modified  after  June  30,  2003  and  for  hedging  relationships 
designated  after  June  30,  2003.    We  are  currently  assessing  the  impact  of  SFAS  No.  149  on  our  consolidated 
financial statements. 

62 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

FINANCIAL NOTES (Continued) 

2.  Acquisitions and Investments 

We made the following acquisitions and investments over the last three years: 

− 

In July and September 2002, we acquired the outstanding stock of A.L.I. Technologies Inc. (“A.L.I.”) by means 
of a cash tender offer.  A.L.I., which is based in British Columbia, Canada, provides digital medical imaging 
solutions  which  are  designed  to  streamline  access  to  diagnostic  information,  automate  clinical  workflow  and 
eliminate  the  need  for  film  purchase  and  storage.    The  acquisition  of  A.L.I.  complements  our  Horizon 
Clinicals™ offering by incorporating medical images into a computerized patient record.  The results of A.L.I.’s 
operations  have  been  included  in  the  consolidated  financial  statements  within  our  Information  Solutions 
segment since the July acquisition date. 

The  aggregate  purchase  price  for  A.L.I.  was  $347.0  million  and  was  financed  through  cash  and  short-term 
borrowings.    The  following  table  summarizes  the  estimated  fair  values  of  the  assets  acquired  and  liabilities 
assumed at the date of acquisition:  

(In millions) 
Current assets 
Long-term assets: 

Goodwill 
Other (primarily intangibles) 

Liabilities 
Net assets acquired, less cash and cash equivalents 

  $ 

21.3

328.1
19.1
(21.5)
347.0

  $ 

− 

− 

− 

− 

The  acquired  intangibles  represent  technology  assets  and  have  a  weighted-average  useful  life  of  five  years.  
None of the amount assigned to goodwill is expected to be deductible for tax purposes. 

In May 2002, the Company and Quintiles Transnational Corporation formed a joint venture, Verispan, L.L.C. 
(“Verispan”).  Verispan is a provider of patient-level data delivered in near real time as well as a supplier of 
other  healthcare  information.    We  have  an  approximate  45%  equity  interest  in  the  joint  venture.    The  initial 
contribution to the joint venture of $12.1 million consisted of $7.7 million in net assets from a Pharmaceutical 
Solutions’  business  and  $4.4  million  in  cash.    Additional  cash  contributions  of  $1.9  million  have  been  made 
subsequent  to  formation.    As  of  March  31,  2003,  we  have  committed  to  provide  additional  aggregate  cash 
contributions of up to $8.5 million and to purchase a total of $12.0 million in services from the joint venture 
through 2007.  No gain or loss was recognized as a result of this transaction.   

In February 2002, our Pharmaceutical Solutions segment acquired, for approximately $62 million in cash, the 
net assets of PMO, Inc., a national specialty pharmacy business (having previously done business as VitaRx), 
that provides mail order pharmaceutical prescription services to managed care patients. 

In  July  2000,  we  acquired  MediVation,  Inc.,  a  provider  of  an  automated  web-based  system  for  physicians  to 
communicate with patients online, for approximately $24 million in cash, $14 million in our common stock and 
the assumption of $6 million of employee stock incentives.  

In April 2000, the Company and three other healthcare product distributors announced an agreement to form the 
New Health Exchange (subsequently renamed Health Nexis).  In the third quarter of 2002, Health Nexis merged 
with  The  Global  Health  Exchange  (“GHE”),  which  significantly  diluted  our  percentage  ownership  in  the 
combined  organization.    As  a  result,  we  changed  from  the  equity  to  the  cost  method  of  accounting  for  this 
investment.  In 2002 and 2001, we invested $7.0 million and $10.8 million in GHE. 

−  During  the  last  three  years  we  have  also  made  several  small  acquisitions  and  investments  within  our 
Pharmaceutical  Solutions  segment.    In  2003,  we  purchased  a  remaining  interest  in  an  investment  for 
approximately  $31.5  million,  retained  a  small  portion  of  the  business  and  subsequently  sold  the  balance  for 
approximately  $40.0  million,  the  proceeds  of  which  consisted  of  an  interest  bearing  ten-year  note  receivable, 
resulting in a nominal loss. 

63 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

FINANCIAL NOTES (Continued) 

Pro forma results of operations for these business acquisitions have not been presented because the effects were 

not material to the consolidated financial statements on either an individual or aggregate basis. 

3.  Discontinued Operations and Other Divestitures 

In September 2002, we sold the net assets of a marketing fulfillment business which was previously included in 
our  Pharmaceutical  Solutions  segment.    Net  proceeds  from  the  sale  of  this  business  were  $4.5  million.    The 
disposition  resulted  in  an  after-tax  loss  of  $3.7  million  or  $0.01  per  diluted  share.    The  net  assets  and  results  of 
operations of this business have been presented as a discontinued operation and, as a result, prior year amounts have 
been reclassified. 

In  2000,  we  sold  our  wholly-owned  subsidiary,  McKesson  Water  Products  Company  (the  “Water  Products 
business”),  to  Groupe  Danone  for  approximately  $1.1  billion  in  cash.    Fiscal  2003  and  2001  results  include 
adjustments to the gain on discontinued operations for the Water Products business.  

Results of discontinued operations were as follows: 

(In millions) 
Revenues 
Discontinued operations before income taxes 
Income taxes 
Discontinued operations 
Loss on sale of business, net of tax of $2.3 
Loss on discontinued operations 

Years Ended March 31, 
2002 

2003 

2001 

8.4 
  $ 
(4.5)   $ 
1.5 
(3.0)  
(3.7)  
(6.7)   $ 

17.9    $ 
(4.9)    $ 
1.7   
(3.2)   
- 
(3.2)    $ 

19.0 
(8.2) 
3.2 
(5.0) 
- 
(5.0) 

$ 
$ 

$ 

Assets and liabilities of our discontinued operations were $7.3 million and $3.6 million at March 31, 2002, and 

$8.0 million and $3.4 million at March 31, 2001. 

In  2002,  we  sold  three  businesses,  Abaton.com,  Inc.,  Amysis  Managed  Care  Systems,  Inc.  and  ProDental 
Corporation.    Two  of  these  businesses  were  from  our  Information  Solutions  segment  and  one  was  from  our 
Pharmaceutical Solutions segment.  Net proceeds from the sale of these businesses were $0.2 million, resulting in a 
pre-tax loss of $22.0 million and an after-tax gain of $22.0 million.  For accounting purposes, the net assets of one of 
these businesses were written down in 2001 in connection with the restructuring of our former iMcKesson segment.  
The  tax benefit  could not  be recognized until  2002  when  the  sale of  the business  was  completed.    In addition,  as 
SFAS  No. 144  was  not  effective  until  2003,  the  dispositions  of  these businesses were not  treated  as discontinued 
operations. 

64 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

FINANCIAL NOTES (Continued) 

4.  Restructuring and Related Asset Impairments 

With the exception of our customer settlement process, we have completed the restructuring programs described 

below.  Net charges (credits) from restructuring activities over the last three years were as follows: 

(In millions) 
By Expense Type: 
Severance 
Exit-related costs 
Write-down of assets 

Subtotal  

Customer settlement reserves 

Total  

By Statement of Operations Classification: 
Operating expenses 
Other income 

Total 

By Segment: 
Pharmaceutical Solutions 
Medical-Surgical Solutions 
Information Solutions 
Corporate 
Total 

Years Ended March 31,  

2003 

2002 

2001 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

(5.8)   $ 
(0.3)  
1.3 
(4.8)  
(22.3)  
(27.1)   $ 

(27.1)   $ 

- 

(27.1)   $ 

  $ 

7.7 
(11.7)  
(22.3)  
(0.8)  

(27.1)   $ 

14.0 
18.2 
7.6 
39.8 
- 
39.8 

  $ 

  $ 

39.8 
- 
39.8 

  $ 

  $ 

2.6 
26.0 
12.0 
(0.8)   
39.8 

  $ 

  $ 

36.6 
10.1 
148.1 
194.8 
161.1 
355.9 

332.8 
23.1 
355.9 

28.2 
0.7 
293.1 
33.9 
355.9 

In 2003, we recorded net credits for restructuring activities of $4.8 million primarily related to the following: 

−  Net  reversals  of  $5.5  million  and  $6.5  million  for  severance  and  exit-related  accruals  pertaining  to  our  2002 
Medical-Surgical  Solutions  segment  distribution  center  network  consolidation  plan.    The  reversals  were  the 
result  of  our  re-evaluation  of  this  segment’s  distribution  center  strategy.    The  original  consolidation  plan 
included a net reduction of 20 distribution centers, from 51, compared to a net reduction of 14 under the revised 
plan.    This  revised  consolidation  plan  resulted  in  the  termination  of  261  employees,  primarily  in  distribution 
delivery and associated back-office functions.  

−  We  recorded  restructuring  charges  of  $2.9  million  for  severance,  exit-related  costs  and  asset  impairments 
pertaining  to  the  closure  of  a  Pharmaceutical  Solutions’  distribution  center.    The  closure  resulted  in  the 
termination of 65 employees.     

−  We recorded $5.1 million in charges for additional facility closure costs, reflecting a change in estimated costs 

associated with prior year restructuring plans in our Pharmaceutical Solutions segment. 

In 2002, we recorded net charges for restructuring activities of $39.8 million as follows: 

−  We  recorded  severance  charges  of  $19.8  million,  exit-related  charges  of  $19.5  million  and  asset  impairment 
charges of $7.6 million primarily related to a plan to reduce the number of distribution centers in our Medical-
Surgical segment from 51 to 31, restructuring activities in our European and U.S. businesses in our Information 
Solutions  segment,  and  closures  of  a  distribution  center  and  a  facility  for  a  service  business  in  our 
Pharmaceutical  Solutions  segment.    Excluding  the  Medical-Surgical  Solutions  restructuring  initiatives,  which 
were  later  revised  in  2003,  295  employees,  primarily  in  distribution,  delivery  and  associated  back-office 
functions, were terminated as a result of these activities.     

−  We also reassessed restructuring plans initiated prior to 2002, and reversed a total of $7.1 million in severance 

and exit-related reserves due to a change in estimated costs to complete these activities. 

In 2001, we recorded net charges for restructuring activities of $194.8 million.  These charges were for several 

initiatives, the most significant of which were: 

65 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

FINANCIAL NOTES (Continued) 

−  We  restructured  our  former  iMcKesson  segment.    Responsibility  for  iMcKesson’s  medical  management 
business  was  transferred  to  our  Pharmaceutical  Solutions  segment  and  the  physician  services  business  to  our 
Information  Solutions  segment.    The  iMcKesson  segment  was  created  in  the  first  quarter  of  2001  with  the 
intention  of  focusing  on  healthcare  applications  using  the  Internet  and  other  emerging  technologies,  and 
included  selected  net  assets  from  our  former  e-Health,  Pharmaceutical  Solutions  and  Information  Solutions 
segments  as  well  as  other  2001  acquisitions  and  investments.    In  connection  with  the  assessment  of  these 
businesses,  we  shut  down  certain  iMcKesson  operations.    We  wrote  down  goodwill  and  intangibles  totaling 
$116.2  million  arising  from  the  acquisitions  of  Abaton.com  and  MediVation,  Inc.,  based  upon  an  updated 
analysis  of  discounted  cash  flows.    We  also  recorded  $29.8  million  in  asset  impairments,  including  $23.1 
million  for  the  write–down  of  equity  investments  whose  market  values  had  significantly  declined  and  $5.2 
million in capitalized software costs.  In addition, we recorded $9.1 million in exit-related costs, including $6.0 
million for non-cancelable obligations directly related to discontinued products. 

In  connection  with  the  above  restructuring,  we  incurred  $29.0  million  in  severance  charges  relating  to  the 
termination of 220 employees, primarily in sales, service and administration functions. 

−  We  recorded  $10.0  million  in  restructuring  and  asset  related  impairment  charges  ($5.6  million  in  severance, 
$2.3  million  in  exit  costs  and  $2.1  million  in  asset  impairments)  related  to  workforce  reductions  in  our 
Pharmaceutical Solutions segment associated with the closure of a pharmaceutical distribution center, closure of 
a  medical  management  call  center,  closures  of  facilities  in  the  pharmaceutical  services  business  and  staff 
reductions in the pharmacy management business.  In connection with these restructurings, 240 employees were 
terminated who were primarily in sales, service, administration and distribution center functions. 

The  following  table  summarizes  the  activity  related  to  the  restructuring  liabilities  for  the  three  years  ending 

March 31, 2003: 

Pharmaceutical 
Solutions 

Medical-Surgical 
Solutions 

Information 
Solutions 

Exit-
Related

Severance

Exit-
Related

Severance

Exit-
Related

Corporate 

Exit-

(In millions) 
Balance, March 31, 2000  $ 

Severance 

6.6    $

4.9  $

0.7   $ 

- 

Severance 

Related  Total
$ 22.9

- 

$ 

Current year expenses 
Adjustments to prior years’  
   expenses 
   Net expense for the period  

Cash expenditures 
Balance, March 31, 2001 

Current year expenses 
Adjustments to prior years’ 
   expenses 
   Net expense for the period  

Cash expenditures 
Balance, March 31, 2002 

Current year expenses 
Adjustments to prior years’  
  expenses 
   Net expense for the period  

3.4  $ 

3.5   $

6.6   

2.6  

- 
6.6   

(4.0)   
6.0   

0.7   

(2.0)   
(1.3)   

(3.5)   
1.2   

0.8   

(0.3)   
0.5   

- 
2.6  

(2.5) 
3.6  

2.4  

(0.6)
1.8  

(1.0) 
4.4  

1.1  

5.1
6.2  

11.4   

15.7   

3.8  $

2.9   

(0.9)  
2.0   

(1.8)  
4.0   

(0.9)  
10.5   

(3.6)  
10.9   

- 

(5.5)  
(5.5)  

(3.7)  
1.7  $

- 

(1.3)
(1.3)  

(1.4)  
3.9   

(2.7)
13.0   

(2.6)  
14.3   

- 

(6.5)
(6.5)  

3.3 

- 
3.3 

(4.7)  
3.5 

7.5 

(1.6)  
5.9 

(3.8)  
5.6 

- 

- 
- 

8.5  

24.7   

- 
8.5  

(0.2) 
9.0  

1.1  

2.0
3.1  

(7.6) 
4.5  

- 

- 
- 

- 
24.7   

- 
24.7   

0.2   

(1.3)  
(1.1)  

(6.8)  
16.8   

- 

(0.8)  
(0.8)  

0.3 

- 
0.3 

- 
0.3 

0.3 

- 
0.3 

48.9

(2.2)
46.7

  (14.6)
55.0

39.3

(7.1)
32.2

(0.3)    (29.2)
58.0
0.3 

- 

- 
- 

1.9

(8.0)
(6.1)

Cash expenditures 
Balance, March 31, 2003  $ 

(1.7)   
- 

$ 

(2.5) 
8.1   $

(3.8)  
4.0    $

(4.7)  
0.9  $

(1.5) 
3.0   $ 

(2.0)  
14.0  $ 

(0.3)    (20.2)
$ 31.7
- 

Accrued  restructuring  liabilities  are  included  in  other  liabilities  in  the  consolidated  balance  sheets.    The 
remaining balances at March 31, 2003 for the Pharmaceutical Solutions and Medical-Surgical Solutions segments 
relate  primarily  to  on-going lease  obligations.    Corporate  accrued  severance  primarily  pertains  to  retirement  costs 
which  are  expected  to  be  paid  in  2004  and  2005.    Restructuring  liabilities  for  the  Information  Solutions  segment 
primarily represent accrued severance and contract liabilities anticipated to be paid in 2004.   

66 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

FINANCIAL NOTES (Continued) 

In addition to the above restructuring activities, we are still managing a 2001/2000 restructuring plan associated 
with  customer  settlements  for  our  discontinuance  of  overlapping  or  nonstrategic  products  and  other  product 
development  projects  within  our  Information  Solutions  segment.    Details  regarding  this  restructuring  plan  are  as 
follows:  

Subsequent  to  the  January  1999  merger  with  HBO  and  Company  (“HBOC”)  and  the  events  surrounding  our 
announcements  in April,  May  and  June  of 1999  concerning  the  improper  recording  of  revenue  at HBOC, we 
restructured  our  Information  Solutions  segment,  which  included  the  required  assembly  of  a  new  senior 
management  team  and  a  restructuring  of  the  segment’s  sales  and  customer  service  organizations,  which  had 
experienced significant attrition.  The restructuring plan also included a strategic rationalizing of the segment’s 
product  lines,  which  was  carried  out  in  three  phases:  Phase  I-assessment  and  preliminary  planning  (October 
1999  to  January  2000);  Phase  II-detailed  planning  and  announcement;  and  Phase  III-implementation.    The 
products  impacted  by  this  initiative  were  primarily  in  the  areas  of  repositories  for  clinical  and  administrative 
data  in  a  healthcare  enterprise,  surgery  scheduling,  financial  and  materials  management,  mobile  clinical 
documentation  and  enterprise  solutions  for  small  and  mid-sized  hospitals.    The  process  required  a  review  of 
contracts related to approximately 400 affected customers and other information available at that time.   

During Phase II, which began in February 2000 and extended through March 31, 2000, we conducted detailed 
business  reviews,  and  finalized  and  announced  product  rationalization  decisions.    Rationalization  decisions 
involved either the sunset of certain products or product development projects to redesign or stabilize several 
go-forward  products.    At  the  same  time,  we  undertook  an  assessment  of  probable  customer  impact  and 
concluded that the product rationalization decisions would trigger the assertion of certain customer claims for 
breach  of  contract.    Based  on  information  available  at  that  time,  we  estimated  that  it  would  require  $74.1 
million above then existing allowances to settle probable customer claims.  As a result, a charge in that amount 
was recorded in the fourth quarter of 2000. 

Phase  III,  which  began  in  2001,  involved  a  comprehensive,  company-wide  implementation  of  Phase  II 
decisions, including an intensive and detailed customer communication process.  By the fourth quarter of 2001, 
we  had  developed  substantially  more  information  on  customers’  legal  positions  as  a  result  of  extensive 
customer  interactions  and  communications.    Based  upon  this  newly  acquired  information  about  customer 
demands  and expectations, we  recognized  that  we  would  not  be  able  to  settle  probable  contractual  exposures 
within  the  previously  recorded  estimates,  and  we  therefore  concluded  that  additional  allowances  should  be 
established for customers’ settlements.  Accordingly, during the fourth quarter of 2001, an additional customer 
settlement  charge  of  $161.1  million  was  recorded.    These  customer  settlement  charges  were  reflected  as 
operating  expenses  rather  than  a  reduction  of  revenues  as  the  charges  primarily  related  to  product  strategy 
decisions that triggered claims for breach of contract.   

In  2003,  we  reversed  $22.3  million  of  these  customer  settlement  reserves.    The  reversal  was  the  result  of 
favorable  settlements  and  continued  negotiations  with  affected  customers.    As  of  March  31,  2003,  customer 
settlement  allowances  amounted  to  $86.9  million  and  are  included  in  accounts  receivable,  net  in  the 
consolidated balance sheets.  Total cash and non-cash settlements of $43.2 million and $82.8 million have been 
incurred  since  the  inception  of  the  restructuring  plan.    Although  the  final  outcome  of  remaining  customer 
settlements  cannot  be  determined,  we  believe  that  any  additional  liability  and  related  expenditures would not 
have a material adverse effect on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows. 

5.  Gain (Loss) on Investments, Net 

Gain (loss) on investments includes gains and losses from the sale or liquidation of investments and other-than-
temporary impairment losses.  We recorded other-than-temporary impairment losses of $8.5 million, $14.6 million, 
and $128.7 million in 2003, 2002 and 2001 on equity and joint venture investments as a result of significant declines 
in the market values of these investments.  We used quoted market prices, if available, to determine the fair value of 
our  investments.    For  investments  that  do  not  trade  regularly,  we  estimated  fair  value  using  a  variety  of  pricing 
techniques  including  discounted  cash  flow  analyses  and  market  transactions.    In  2001,  the  other-than-temporary 
investment  losses  included  $93.1  million  on  our  WebMD  Inc.  warrants,  $23.1  million  on  equity  investments  in 
connection with the restructuring of our former iMcKesson segment, and $12.5 million on other equity and venture 
capital investments.  

67 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

FINANCIAL NOTES (Continued) 

6.  Other Income, Net 

(In millions) 
Interest income 
Equity in earnings, net 
Gain on sale of notes receivable 
Other, net 
Total 

Years Ended March 31,  

2003 

2002 

2001 

24.4 
12.2 
5.3 
3.2 
45.1 

  $ 

  $ 

23.8 
6.3 
- 
10.3 
40.4 

  $ 

  $ 

29.1 
5.9 
- 
7.0 
42.0 

$ 

$ 

Equity in earnings, net includes our interest in Nadro and a real estate venture, and in 2002 and 2001 in GHE, 
and in 2003 Verispan.  In 2003, we sold certain sales-type lease receivables to a third party for $117.9 million.  A 
gain on sale of $5.3 million was recognized from this sale. 

7.  Earnings (Loss) Per Share 

Basic earnings (loss) per share is computed by dividing net income (loss) by the weighted average number of 
common  shares  outstanding during  the reporting period.   Diluted  earnings (loss) per share  is  computed  similar  to 
basic earnings (loss) per share except that it reflects the potential dilution that could occur if dilutive securities or 
other obligations to issue common stock were exercised or converted into common stock. 

The computations for basic and diluted earnings (loss) per share from continuing operations are as follows:  

(In millions, except per share amounts) 
Income (loss) from continuing operations 
Dividends on preferred securities of subsidiary trust 
Income (loss) from continuing operations – diluted 

Weighted average common shares outstanding: 
Basic 
Effect of dilutive securities: 

Options to purchase common stock 
Trust convertible preferred securities 
Restricted stock 

Diluted 

Earnings (loss) per share from continuing operations: 

Basic 
Diluted 

Years Ended March 31, 

2003 

2002 

2001 

$ 

$ 

562.1    $ 
6.2   
568.3    $ 

421.8    $ 
6.2   
428.0    $ 

(43.3) 
- 
(43.3) 

289.3   

3.5   
5.4   
0.6   
298.8   

285.2   

7.0   
5.4   
0.5   
298.1   

283.1 

- 
- 
- 
283.1 

$ 

1.94    $ 
1.90   

1.48    $ 
1.44   

(0.15) 
(0.15) 

Approximately 33.3 million and 27.4 million stock options were excluded from the computations of diluted net 
earnings per share in 2003 and 2002 as their exercise price was higher than the Company’s average stock price.  For 
2001, the calculation of diluted earnings per share from continuing operations excluded stock options, convertible 
preferred securities and restricted stock as they were antidilutive.  

8.  Receivables, net 

(In millions) 
Customer accounts 
Other 

Total 
Allowances 

Net 

$ 

$ 

2003 
4,305.9 
574.2 
4,880.1 
(285.4)  
4,594.7 

  $ 

  $ 

March 31, 
2002 

3,806.1    $ 
511.3   
4,317.4   
(319.3)   
3,998.1    $ 

2001 
3,294.7 
564.8 
3,859.5 
(420.1) 
3,439.4 

The  allowances  are  for  uncollectible  accounts,  discounts,  returns,  refunds,  customer  settlements  and  other 

adjustments. 

68 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

FINANCIAL NOTES (Continued) 

9.  Property, Plant and Equipment, net 

(In millions) 
Land 
Building, machinery and equipment 
Total property, plant and equipment 
Accumulated depreciation 
Property, plant and equipment, net 

10.  Goodwill and Other Intangibles 

2003 

34.3    $ 

1,196.8   
1,231.1   
(637.4)  
593.7    $ 

$ 

$ 

March 31, 
2002 

34.2    $ 

1,144.6   
1,178.8   
(585.3)  
593.5    $ 

2001 

34.3 
1,223.3 
1,257.6 
(663.4) 
594.2 

Changes in the carrying amount of goodwill for the three years ended March 31, 2003 were as follows: 

Pharmaceutical 
Solutions 

Medical-Surgical 
Solutions 

$ 

240.7  $ 

709.8 

Information 
Solutions 
114.5 

$ 

Total 
1,065.0 

  $ 

(In millions) 
Balance, March 31, 2000 
Goodwill acquired, net of purchase price 

adjustments, and other 

Amortization 
Asset write-downs (Financial Note 4) 
Balance, March 31, 2001 
Goodwill acquired, net of purchase price 

adjustments and other  
Balance, March 31, 2002 
Goodwill acquired, net of purchase price 

adjustments and other 

Sale of business 
Balance, March 31, 2003 

12.3 
(8.0)
- 
245.0 

58.9 
303.9 

(1.4) 
(19.0) 
- 
689.4 

- 
689.4 

41.8 
(38.6)
307.1  $ 

$ 

(2.9) 
- 
686.5 

$ 

44.8 
(22.4)     
(107.9)     
29.0 

- 
29.0 

331.6 
- 
360.6 

  $ 

Information regarding other intangible assets is as follows: 

(In millions) 
Customer lists 
Technology 
Trademarks and other 
Gross intangibles 
Accumulated amortization 
Other intangibles, net 

$ 

$ 

2003 

March 31, 
2002 

  $ 

  $ 

89.9 
58.7 
21.5 
170.1 
(74.8)  
95.3 

88.1 
44.1 
22.5 
154.7 
(61.3)   
93.4 

  $ 

  $ 

55.7 
(49.4) 
(107.9) 
963.4 

58.9 
1,022.3 

370.5 
(38.6) 
1,354.2 

2001 

80.8 
48.0 
21.1 
149.9 
(48.9) 
101.0 

Amortization expense of other intangible assets was $18.2 million, $14.4 million and $16.4 million for 2003, 
2002 and 2001.  The weighted average remaining amortization period for customer lists, technology and trademarks 
and  other  intangible  assets  at  March  31,  2003  were:  7.3  years,  5.2  years  and  4.8  years.    Estimated  future  annual 
amortization  expense  of  these  assets  is  as  follows:  $18.5  million,  $17.7  million,  $12.9  million,  $12.7  million  and 
$9.8 million for 2004 through 2008, and $10.1 million thereafter.  At March 31, 2003, there were $13.6 million of 
other intangible assets not subject to amortization.   

69 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

FINANCIAL NOTES (Continued) 

11.  Long-Term Debt and Other Financing 

(In millions) 
8.91% Series A Senior Notes due February, 2005 
8.95% Series B Senior Notes due February, 2007 
9.13% Series C Senior Notes due February, 2010 
6.875% Notes due March, 2002 
6.55% Notes due November, 2002 
6.30% Notes due March, 2005 
6.40% Notes due March, 2008 
7.75% Notes due February, 2012 
7.65% Debentures due March, 2027 
ESOP related debt (see Financial Note 14) 
Other 

Total debt 

Less current portion 

Total long-term debt  

2003 

100.0 
20.0 
215.0 
- 
- 
150.0 
150.0 
398.0 
175.0 
61.7 
31.2 
1,300.9 
10.2 
1,290.7 

  $ 

  $ 

March 31, 
2002 

100.0 
20.0 
215.0 
- 
125.0 
150.0 
150.0 
398.0 
175.0 
74.4 
22.6 
1,430.0 
141.3 
1,288.7 

  $ 

  $ 

$ 

$ 

2001 

100.0 
20.0 
215.0 
175.0 
125.0 
150.0 
150.0 
- 
175.0 
88.9 
31.1 
1,230.0 
194.1 
1,035.9 

We have a 364-day revolving credit agreement that allows for short-term borrowings of up to $550.0 million 
which  expires  in  September  2003,  and  a  $550.0  million  three-year  revolving  credit  facility  which  expires  in 
September 2005.  These facilities, which were entered into in September 2002, are primarily intended to support our 
commercial paper borrowings and the terms of which are substantially similar to those previously in place.  We also 
have a $950.0 million (2002 - $850.0 million) revolving receivables sale facility, which expires in June 2003.  We 
anticipate renewing the receivable sales facility prior to its expiration.  At March 31, 2003, there were no amounts 
utilized under any of these facilities.   

On January 24, 2002, we completed a public offering of $400.0 million of 7.75% unsecured notes, due in 2012.  
These notes are redeemable at any time, in whole or in part, at our option.  Net proceeds of $397.3 million for the 
issuance of these notes was used to repay term debt and for other general corporate purposes.   

Employee stock ownership program (“ESOP”) related debt bears interest at rates ranging from 8.6% fixed rate 
to approximately 89% of LIBOR or LIBOR plus 0.4% and is due in semi-annual and annual installments through 
2009. 

Our various borrowing facilities and certain long-term debt instruments are subject to covenants.  Our principal 
debt covenant is our debt to capital ratio, which cannot exceed 56.5%.  If we exceed this ratio, repayment of debt 
outstanding under the revolving credit facility and $335.0 million of term debt could be accelerated.  At March 31, 
2003, this ratio was 21.6% and we were in compliance with all other covenants.   

Aggregate annual payments on long-term debt, including capital lease obligations, for the years ending March 
31,  are  as  follows:  $10.2  million  in  2004,  $278.6  million  in  2005,  $8.8  million  in  2006,  $28.9  million  in  2007, 
$159.3 million in 2008 and $815.1 million thereafter. 

12.  Financial Instruments and Hedging Activities 

At March 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001, the carrying amounts of cash and cash equivalents, marketable securities, 
receivables, drafts and accounts payable, and other liabilities approximate their estimated fair values because of the 
short maturity of these financial instruments.  The carrying amounts and estimated fair values of our long-term debt 
and convertible preferred securities were as follows: 

2003 

2002 

2001 

Estimated 
(In millions) 
Fair Value
Long-term debt, including current portion  $ 1,300.9    $ 1,482.6    $ 1,430.0    $ 1,465.9    $ 1,230.0    $ 1,231.4 
173.5 
Convertible preferred securities 

Estimated 
Fair Value   

Estimated 
Fair Value

Carrying 
Amount 

Carrying 
Amount 

Carrying 
Amount 

220.0     

195.9     

196.3     

189.5     

196.1     

70 

 
 
 
 
   
   
 
   
   
 
   
   
 
   
   
 
   
   
 
   
   
 
   
   
 
   
   
 
   
   
 
   
   
 
   
   
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

FINANCIAL NOTES (Continued) 

The estimated fair values of our financial instruments were determined based on quoted market prices or market 
comparables.  The estimated fair values may not be representative of actual values of the financial instruments that 
could have been realized or that will be realized in the future. 

In 2003, we entered into two interest rate swap agreements which have been designated as fair value hedges.  
The  first  agreement  exchanges  a  fixed  interest  rate  of  8.91%  per  annum  to  LIBOR  plus  4.155%,  on  a  notional 
amount of $100 million.  The second agreement exchanges a fixed interest rate of 6.30% per annum to LIBOR plus 
1.575%, on a notional amount of $150 million.  These agreements expire in February and March of 2005.  In 2002, 
we  entered  into  a  series  of  forward  foreign  currency  exchange  contracts  to  hedge  certain  liabilities  of  our  United 
Kingdom  subsidiary.    At  March  31,  2003,  these  contracts  will  convert  £25.5  million  into  U.S.  $36.5  million  and 
have various maturities through March 2006 which are based on the expected repayment dates of the liabilities.  The 
fair value of the interest rate swaps and foreign currency exchange contracts were $11.5 million and $37.9 million at 
March 31, 2003 and nil and $17.1 million at March 31, 2002, most of which were recorded in other assets in the 
consolidated balance sheets. 

13.  Lease Obligations 

We lease facilities and equipment under both capital and operating leases.  Net assets held under capital leases 
included in property, plant and equipment were $5.5 million, $11.2 million and $13.7 million at March 31, 2003, 
2002 and 2001.   

Future minimum lease payments and sublease rental income for years ending March 31 are: 

(In millions) 
2004 
2005 
2006 
2007 
2008 
Thereafter 

Total minimum lease payments 
Less amounts representing interest 

Present value of minimum lease payments 

Non-cancelable 
Operating 
Leases 

$ 

$ 

91.0    $ 
78.4   
66.8   
48.9   
28.1   
80.3   

393.5    $ 

  $ 

Non-cancelable 
Sublease Rentals  Capital Leases
2.7 
0.9 
0.9 
0.3 
0.2 
0.9 
5.9 
(0.5)
5.4 

4.2 
3.4 
2.3 
1.6 
0.5 
0.6 
12.6 

  $ 

Rental  expense  was  $109.6  million,  $110.1  million  and  $108.7  million  in  2003,  2002  and  2001.    Most  real 
property leases contain renewal options and provisions requiring us to pay property taxes and operating expenses in 
excess of base period amounts. 

14.  Pension Plans and Other Postretirement Benefits 

We  maintain  a  number  of  qualified  and  nonqualified  defined  benefit  pension  plans  and  defined  contribution 
plans  for  eligible  employees.    In  addition,  we  provide  postretirement  benefits,  consisting  of  healthcare  and  life 
insurance benefits, for certain eligible employees.  We also participate in bargaining unit sponsored multi-employer 
plans for employees with union affiliations. 

Defined Benefit Pension Plans 

Eligible U.S. employees who were employed by the Company prior to 1997 are covered under the Company-
sponsored defined benefit retirement plan.  In 1997, we amended this plan to freeze all plan benefits based on each 
employee’s  plan  compensation  and  creditable  service  accrued  to  that  date.    The  benefits  for  this  defined  benefit 
retirement plan are based primarily on age of employees at date of retirement, years of service and employees’ pay 
during the five years prior to retirement.  We also have nonqualified supplemental defined benefit plans for certain 
U.S. executives, which are non-funded.  

71 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

FINANCIAL NOTES (Continued) 

The change in benefit obligation, plan assets and funded status for our U.S. defined benefit retirement plans are 

as follows:  

$ 

$ 

(In millions) 
Change in benefit obligations: 
Benefit obligation at beginning of year 
Service cost 
Interest cost 
Amendments 
Actuarial losses  
Benefit payments 
Benefit obligation at end of year 
Change in plan assets: 
Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year 
Actual return (loss) on plan assets 
Employer contributions 
Expenses paid 
Benefits paid 
Fair value of plan assets at end of year 
Funded status: 
Funded status at end of year 
Unrecognized net actuarial (gain) loss 
Unrecognized prior service cost 
Prepaid benefit cost 
Net amounts recognized in the consolidated balance sheets: 
Prepaid benefit cost 
$ 
Accrued benefit cost 
Intangible asset 
Minimum pension liability-net of tax of $8.6, $6.6 and $5.3 
Net amount recognized 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

Years Ended March 31,  
2002 

2001 

2003 

  $ 

331.9 
1.8 
23.8 
- 
33.3 
(27.6)  
363.2 

346.8 
(26.9)  
4.3 
(5.3)  
(27.6)  
291.3 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

(71.9)   $ 
112.4 
5.3 
45.8 

  $ 

98.1 
(52.3)  
5.2 
(13.8)  
37.2 

  $ 

  $ 

330.0    $ 
2.2   
23.7   
- 
5.5   
(29.5)   
331.9    $ 

376.2    $ 
(4.8)   
5.5   
(0.6)   
(29.5)   
346.8    $ 

15.1    $ 
22.4   
6.0   
43.5    $ 

89.1    $ 
(45.7)   
6.0   
(12.5)   
36.9    $ 

317.7 
1.6 
23.8 
10.6 
8.3 
(32.0) 
330.0 

395.3 
12.9 
4.9 
(4.9) 
(32.0) 
376.2 

46.2 
(25.0) 
6.8 
28.0 

70.7 
(42.7) 
6.8 
(12.1) 
22.7 

The  following  table  provides  components  of  the  net  periodic  pension  expense  (income)  for  our  U.S.  defined 

benefit retirement plans: 

(In millions) 
Service cost—benefits earned during the year 
Interest cost on projected benefit obligation 
Expected return on assets 
Amortization of unrecognized loss (gain) and prior service 

costs 

Immediate recognition of pension cost (gain) 
Net pension expense (income) 

$ 

$ 

Years Ended March 31,  
2002 

2001 

2003 

  $ 

1.8 
23.8 
(27.6)  

2.6 
1.3 
1.9 

  $ 

2.2    $ 
23.7   
(35.6)   

0.8   
(1.0)   
(9.9)    $ 

1.6 
23.8 
(37.3) 

(3.3) 
9.1 
(6.1) 

The  assets  of  the  U.S.  plan  consist  primarily  of  listed  common  stocks  (other  than  that  of  the  Company)  and 
bonds.    These  assets  are  measured  at  fair  value  on  a  calendar  year  basis,  which  is  determined  based  on  quoted 
market prices.  Obligations relating to our unfunded U.S. pension plans were $85.3 million, $73.1 million and $69.8 
million at March 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001. 

72 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

FINANCIAL NOTES (Continued) 

The projected unit credit method is utilized for measuring net periodic pension cost over the employees’ service 
life  for  the  U.S.  plans  and  actuarial  losses  are  recognized  over  7-8  year  periods.    Costs  are  funded  based  on  the 
recommendations of independent actuaries.  Assumptions used to estimate the actuarial present value of projected 
benefit obligations were as follows: 

Discount rates 
Rate of increase in compensation 
Expected long-term rate of return on plan assets 

2002 

December 31, 
2001 

6.75%   
4.0 
8.25    

7.25%     
4.0 
9.75 

2000 

7.5%
4.0 
9.75 

Under  various  U.S.  bargaining  unit  labor  contracts,  we  make  payments  into  multi-employer  pension  plans 
established  for  union  employees.    We  are  liable  for  a  proportionate  part  of  the  plans'  unfunded  vested  benefits 
liabilities upon our withdrawal from the plan, however information regarding the relative position of each employer 
with  respect  to  the  actuarial  present  value  of  accumulated  benefits  and  net  assets  available  for  benefits  is  not 
available.  Contributions to the plans and amounts accrued were not material as of and for years ended March 31, 
2003, 2002 and 2001.   

We also have defined benefit pension plans for eligible Canadian and United Kingdom employees.  At March 
31, 2003, 2002 and 2001 the fair value of assets for these plans amounted to $30.8 million, $32.3 million and $33.9 
million and accumulated benefit obligations amounted to $45.4 million, $35.1 million and $31.5 million.  For the 
years ended March 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001, pension expense for these plans were $3.1 million, $1.6 million and 
$1.1 million.    

Defined Contribution Plans 

We  have  contributory  profit  sharing  investment  plans  (“PSIP”)  for  U.S.  employees  not  covered  by  collective 
bargaining  arrangements.    Eligible  employees  may  contribute  up  to  16%  of  their  compensation  to  an  individual 
retirement savings account.  The Company makes matching contributions equal to or greater than 50% of employee 
contributions,  not  to  exceed  3%  of  employee  compensation.    An  additional  annual  matching  contribution  may  be 
granted  at  the  discretion  of  the  Company.    The  Company  provides  for  the  PSIP  contributions  with  its  common 
shares through its leveraged Employee Stock Ownership Program (“ESOP”). 

The ESOP has purchased an aggregate of 24.3 million shares of the Company’s common stock since inception.  
These  purchases  have  been  financed  by  10  to  20-year  loans  from  or  guaranteed  by  us.    The  ESOP’s  outstanding 
borrowings are reported as long-term debt of the Company and the related receivables from the ESOP are shown as 
a reduction of stockholders’ equity.  The loans are repaid by the ESOP from interest earnings on cash balances and 
common  dividends  on  shares  not  yet  allocated  to  participants,  common  dividends  on  certain  allocated  shares  and 
Company  cash  contributions.    The  ESOP  loan  maturities  and  rates  are  identical  to  the  terms  of  related  Company 
borrowings.  Stock is made available from the ESOP based on debt service payments on ESOP borrowings.   

Contribution  expense  for  the  PSIP  for  the  three  years  ended  2003  was  all  ESOP  related.    After-tax  ESOP 
expense, including interest expense on ESOP debt, was $9.2 million, $9.5 million and $9.6 million in 2003, 2002 
and 2001.  Approximately 1.7 million, 1.5 million and 1.8 million shares of common stock were allocated to plan 
participants in 2003, 2002 and 2001.  Through March 31, 2003, 19.4 million common shares have been allocated to 
plan  participants,  resulting  in  a  balance  of  4.8  million  common  shares  in  the  ESOP  which  have  not  yet  been 
allocated to plan participants.   

73 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

FINANCIAL NOTES (Continued) 

Healthcare and Life Insurance 

In  addition  to  providing  pension  benefits,  we  provide  healthcare  and  life  insurance  benefits  for  certain  U.S. 
retired  employees.    Our  policy  is  to  fund  these  benefits  as  claims  are  paid.    The  following  table  presents  a 
reconciliation of the postretirement healthcare and life insurance benefits obligation: 

(In millions) 
Change in benefit obligation: 
Benefit obligation at beginning of year 
Service cost 
Interest cost 
Actuarial loss  
Benefits paid 
Benefit obligation at end of year 

Funded Status: 
Funded status at end of year 
Unrecognized actuarial loss 
Unrecognized prior service cost 
Accrued post-retirement benefit obligation 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

Years Ended March 31,  
2002 

2001 

2003 

160.7 
1.3 
11.0 
23.0 
(17.7)  
178.3 

  $ 

  $ 

133.3    $ 
0.8   
9.5   
32.8   
(15.7)   
160.7    $ 

123.0 
0.7 
9.1 
14.5 
(14.0) 
133.3 

(178.3)   $ 

49.8 
(4.3)  
(132.8)   $ 

(160.7)    $ 
44.3   
(5.2)   
(121.6)    $ 

(133.3) 
20.6 
(6.1) 
(118.8) 

The discount rates used in determining the accumulated postretirement benefit obligation were 6.75%, 7.25% 

and 7.5% at March 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001. 

Expenses for postretirement healthcare and life insurance benefits consisted of the following: 

(In millions) 
Service cost—benefits earned during the period 
Interest cost on projected benefit obligation 
Amortization of unrecognized gain and prior service costs 
Recognized actuarial loss  

Total 

$ 

$ 

2003 

  $ 

Years Ended March 31, 
2002 
0.8 
9.5 
(0.9) 
9.1 
18.5 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

1.3 
11.0 
(0.9)  
17.6 
29.0 

2001 
0.7 
9.1 
(0.9) 
4.0 
12.9 

Actuarial losses are amortized over a three-year period.  The assumed healthcare cost trends used in measuring 
the  accumulated  postretirement  benefit  obligation  were  15%  for  prescription  drugs,  11%  for  medical  and  8%  for 
dental in 2003.  The assumed combined healthcare cost trend was 11.0% in 2002 and 5% in 2001.  The healthcare 
cost trend rate assumption has a significant effect on the amounts reported.  The table below presents the impact of a 
one-percentage-point increase and a one-percentage-point decrease in the assumed healthcare cost trend rate on the 
total of service and interest cost components and on the postretirement benefit obligation: 

(In millions) 
One-percentage-point increase: 

Years Ended March 31, 
2002 

2003 

2001 

Effect on total service and interest cost components 
Effect on postretirement benefit obligation 

$ 

  $ 

0.9 
10.7 

  $ 

0.7 
10.3 

One-percentage-point decrease: 

Effect on total service and interest cost components 
Effect on postretirement benefit obligation 

(0.8)  
(9.5)  

(0.6)   
(9.2)   

0.7 
7.7 

(0.6) 
(7.3) 

74 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

FINANCIAL NOTES (Continued) 

15.  Income Taxes 

The provision for income taxes related to continuing operations consists of the following: 

(In millions) 
Current 
Federal 
State and local 
Foreign 

Total current 

Deferred 
Federal 
State and local 
Foreign 

Total deferred 
Total income taxes 

Years Ended March 31,  
2002 

2001 

2003 

$ 

$ 

  $ 

120.8 
21.5 
24.4 
166.7 

116.3 
31.4 
(21.1)  
126.6 
293.3 

  $ 

80.0 
4.8 
22.7 
107.5 

56.4 
17.4 
3.0 
76.8 
184.3 

  $ 

  $ 

52.1 
8.1 
13.1 
73.3 

(16.2) 
(6.9) 
1.7 
(21.4) 
51.9 

The principal items accounting for the difference in income taxes on income from continuing operations before 

income taxes computed at the Federal statutory income tax rate and income taxes are as follows: 

(In millions) 
Income taxes at Federal statutory rate 
State and local income taxes net of federal tax benefit 
Nondeductible items 
Tax settlements 
Foreign tax rate differential 
Dividends received from foreign investments 
Dispositions of businesses 
Foreign tax credit 
Other—net 

Total income taxes 

$ 

$ 

Years Ended March 31, 
2002 

2003 

2001 

  $ 

301.6 
34.4 
0.1 
6.6 
(50.0)  
1.3 
- 
(0.7)  
- 
293.3 

  $ 

  $ 

214.3 
14.4 
(1.4)   
20.7 
(18.2)   
44.3 
(40.0)   
(47.0)   
(2.8)   

184.3 

  $ 

5.2 
0.8 
56.9 
(12.9) 
4.0 
1.4 
- 
(0.6) 
(2.9) 
51.9 

Foreign pre-tax earnings were $152.2 million, $125.1 million and $30.8 million in 2003, 2002 and 2001.  At 
March  31,  2003,  undistributed  earnings  of  our  foreign  operations  totaling  $215.9  million  were  considered  to  be 
permanently reinvested.  No deferred tax liability has been recognized for the remittance of such earnings to the U.S. 
since  it  is  our  intention  to  utilize  those  earnings  in  the  foreign  operations  as  well  as  to  fund  certain  research  and 
development activities for an indefinite period of time, or to repatriate such earnings when it is tax efficient to do so.  
The determination of the amount of deferred taxes on these earnings is not practicable since the computation would 
depend on a number of factors that cannot be known until a decision to repatriate the earnings is made. 

75 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

FINANCIAL NOTES (Continued) 

Deferred tax balances consisted of the following:   

(In millions) 
Assets 
Receivable allowances 
Deferred revenue 
Compensation and benefit-related accruals 
Deferred compensation 
Intangibles 
Investment valuation 
Loss and credit carryforwards  
Other 

Subtotal 

Less: valuation allowance 

Total assets 

Liabilities 
Basis differences for inventory valuation and other assets 
Basis difference for fixed assets 
Systems development costs 
Retirement plans  
Other 

Total liabilities 

Net deferred tax asset (liability) 

Current deferred tax asset (liability) 
Long term deferred tax asset (liability) 
Net deferred tax asset (liability) 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

2003 

March 31, 
2002 

2001 

  $ 

119.4 
119.4 
86.6 
79.3 
55.1 
7.1 
64.6 
53.0 
584.5 
(24.2)  
560.3 

  $ 

(455.8)   $ 
(27.6)
(116.3)
(39.7)
(4.6)
(644.0)
(83.7)

$ 

(82.9)
(0.8)
(83.7)

$ 

$ 

133.5    $ 

91.8   
69.7   
62.0   
50.7   
46.7   
52.3   
43.0   
549.7   
(23.0)   
526.7    $ 

(293.6)    $ 
(37.3) 
(110.6) 
(34.4) 
(5.3) 
(481.2) 
45.5 

$ 

33.4 
12.1 
45.5 

$ 

$ 

159.3 
40.2 
96.4 
63.2 
67.2 
39.6 
29.2 
72.1 
567.2 
(22.3) 
544.9 

(251.0) 
(34.3) 
(93.6) 
(28.8) 
(14.8) 
(422.5) 
122.4 

88.2 
34.2 
122.4 

At March 31, 2003, we have an alternative minimum tax credit carry forward of $38.2 million, which has an 
indefinite life, and $495.6 million of state income tax net operating loss carryforwards which will expire at various 
dates  from  2004  through  2023.    We  believe  that  it  is  more  likely  than  not  that  the  benefit  from  these  state  net 
operating  loss  carryforwards  will  not  be  realized.    As  a  result,  we  have  provided  a  valuation  allowance  of  $24.2 
million at March 31, 2003 on the deferred tax assets relating to these state net operating loss carryforwards.  If this 
valuation  allowance  is  reversed  in  the  future,  approximately  $11.8  million  of  the  tax  benefit  realized  would  be 
credited to stockholders’ equity. 

16.  Financial Guarantees and Warranties 

Financial Guarantees: We have  agreements  with  certain of  our  customers’  financial  institutions under which 
we have guaranteed the repurchase of inventory at a discount in the event these customers are unable to meet certain 
obligations to those financial institutions.  Among other limitations, these inventories must be in resalable condition.  
We have also guaranteed loans, credit facilities and the payment of leases for some customers; and we are a secured 
lender for substantially all of these guarantees.  Customer guarantees range from one to ten years and were primarily 
provided  to  facilitate  financing  for  certain  strategic  customers.    At  March  31,  2003,  the  maximum  amounts  of 
inventory  repurchase  guarantees  and  other  customer  guarantees  were  approximately  $150.4  million  and  $66.5 
million.  We consider it unlikely that we would make significant payments under these guarantees, and accordingly, 
amounts accrued for these guarantees were nominal. 

At March 31, 2003, we had commitments to provide $11.7 million of cash contributions to Verispan and other 

equity-held investments and other commitments of $13.2 million, of which no amounts had been accrued for.   

The  expirations  of  these  financial  guarantees  and  commitments  are  as  follows:  $35.9  million,  $24.6  million, 

$6.3 million, $63.4 million, and $2.4 million from 2004 through 2008, and $109.2 million thereafter.   

76 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

FINANCIAL NOTES (Continued) 

In addition, our banks and insurance companies have issued $46.4 million of standby letters of credit and surety 
bonds on our behalf in order to meet the security requirements for statutory licenses and permits, court and fiduciary 
obligations, and our workers’ compensation and automotive liability programs.    

In conjunction with certain transactions, primarily divestitures, we may provide routine indemnifications (such 
as  retention  of  previously  existing  environmental,  tax  and  employee  liabilities)  whose  terms  vary  in  duration  and 
often are not explicitly defined.  Where appropriate, obligations for such indemnifications are recorded as liabilities.  
Because  the  amounts  of  these  indemnification  obligations  often  are  not  explicitly  stated,  the  overall  maximum 
amount of these commitments cannot be reasonably estimated.  Other than obligations recorded as liabilities at the 
time of divestiture, we have not historically made significant payments as a result of these indemnifications.  

Warranties:    In  the  normal  course  of  business,  we  provide  certain  warranties  and  indemnifications  for  our 
products and services.  We provide warranties that the pharmaceutical and medical-surgical products we distribute 
are  in  compliance  with  the  Food,  Drug  and  Cosmetic  Act  and  other  applicable  laws  and  regulations.    We  have 
received  the  same  warranties  from  our  suppliers,  who  customarily  are  the  manufacturers  of  the  products.    In 
addition, we have indemnity obligations to our customers for these products, which have also been provided to us 
from our suppliers, either through express agreement or by operation of law.   

We  also  provide  warranties  regarding  the  performance  of  software  and  automation  products  we  sell.    Our 
liability under these warranties is to bring the product into compliance with previously agreed to specifications.  For 
software  products,  this  may  result  in  additional  project  costs  and/or  the  payment  of  penalties  or  damages  in 
accordance  with  the  contract  and  are  reflected  in  our  estimates  used  for  the  percentage-of-completion  method  of 
accounting  for  these  contracts.    In  addition,  most  of  our  customers  who  purchase  our  software  and  automation 
products also purchase annual maintenance agreements.  Revenue from these maintenance agreements is recognized 
on a straight-line basis over the contract period and the cost of servicing product warranties is charged to expense 
when claims become estimable.  Accrued warranty costs were not material to the consolidated balance sheets. 

17.  Convertible Preferred Securities 

In  February  1997,  the  McKesson  Financing  Trust,  a  business  trust  sponsored  by  the  Company,  issued  four 
million shares of preferred securities to the public and 123,720 common securities to us, which are convertible at the 
holder’s option into McKesson Corporation common stock.  The proceeds of such issuances were invested by the 
trust in $206,186,000 aggregate principal amount of our 5% Convertible Junior Subordinated Debentures due 2027 
(the “Debentures”).  The Debentures represent the sole assets of the trust.  The Debentures mature on June 1, 2027, 
bear  interest  at  an  annual  rate  of  5%,  payable  quarterly,  and  are  currently  redeemable  by  us  at  102.0%  of  the 
principal amount. 

Holders of the securities are entitled to cumulative cash distributions at an annual rate of 5% of the liquidation 
amount  of  $50  per  security.    Each  preferred  security  is  convertible  at  the  rate  of  1.3418  shares  of  McKesson 
Corporation  common  stock,  subject  to  adjustment  in  certain  circumstances.    The  preferred  securities  will  be 
redeemed upon repayment of the Debentures and are callable by us on or after March 4, 2000, in whole or in part, 
initially at 103.5% of the liquidation preference per share, and thereafter at prices declining at 0.5% per annum to 
100% of the liquidation preference on and after March 4, 2007 plus, in each case, accumulated, accrued and unpaid 
distributions, if any, to the redemption date. 

We have guaranteed, on a subordinated basis, distributions and other payments due on the preferred securities 
(the  “Guarantee”).    The  Guarantee,  when  taken  together  with  our  obligations  under  the  Debentures,  and  in  the 
indenture  pursuant  to  which  the  Debentures  were  issued,  and  our  obligations  under  the  Amended  and  Restated 
Declaration of Trust governing the subsidiary trust, provides a full and unconditional guarantee of amounts due on 
the preferred securities. 

The Debentures and related trust investment in the Debentures have been eliminated in consolidation and the 

preferred securities reflected as outstanding in the consolidated financial statements. 

77 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

FINANCIAL NOTES (Continued) 

18.  Other Commitments and Contingent Liabilities  

I.  Accounting Litigation 

Since  the  announcements  by  McKesson  in  April,  May  and  July  of  1999  that  McKesson  had  determined  that 
certain software sales transactions in its Information Solutions segment, formerly HBO & Company (“HBOC”) and 
now  known  as  McKesson  Information  Solutions,  Inc.,  were  improperly  recorded  as  revenue  and  reversed,  as  of 
April 29, 2003, ninety-one lawsuits have been filed against McKesson, HBOC, certain of McKesson’s or HBOC’s 
current or former officers or directors, and other defendants, including Bear Stearns & Co. Inc. (“Bear Stearns”) and 
Arthur Andersen LLP (“Arthur Andersen”).  

Federal Actions 

Sixty-seven of the above mentioned actions have been filed in Federal Court (the “Federal Actions”).  All of the 
undismissed Federal Actions are pending before the Honorable Ronald M. Whyte of the United States District Court 
(the “Court”) for the Northern District of California.  Federal Actions filed as class actions (excluding the ERISA 
actions  discussed  below)  have  been  consolidated  into  a  single  action  before  Judge Whyte  under  the caption  In  re 
McKesson  HBOC,  Inc.  Securities  Litigation  (Case  No.  C-99-20743  RMW)  (the  “Consolidated  Action”).    As 
discussed below, some individual Federal Actions are also pending before Judge Whyte.  By order dated December 
22, 1999, Judge Whyte appointed the New York State Common Retirement Fund as lead plaintiff (“Lead Plaintiff”) 
in the Consolidated Action and approved Lead Plaintiff’s choice of counsel.   

After the filing of three consolidated complaints and multiple motions by multiple defendants challenging the 
sufficiency  of  those  complaints,  the  pleadings  in  the  case  have  been  set  with  respect  to  McKesson  and  HBOC 
(motions for reconsideration of prior dismissal orders issued by Judge Whyte have been filed by Arthur Andersen 
and Bear Stearns and remain pending).  The operative complaint in the Consolidated Action is Lead Plaintiff's Third 
Amended and Consolidated Class Action Complaint ("TAC"), filed on February 15, 2002.  The TAC asserts claims 
against  McKesson  and  HBOC  under  Sections  10(b)  and  14(a)  of  the  Securities  Exchange  Act  of  1934  (the 
"Exchange Act") in connection with the events leading to McKesson’s announcements in April, May and July 1999, 
and  names  McKesson,  HBOC,  certain  of  McKesson’s  or  HBOC’s  current  or  former  officers  or  directors,  Arthur 
Andersen and Bear Stearns as defendants.  The Section 10(b) claim alleges that McKesson and HBOC intentionally 
or with deliberate  recklessness  misstated  the  financial  statements  of  HBOC  or  McKesson during  the  class  period.  
The  Section 14(a)  claim  alleges  that  the  Joint  Proxy  Statement/Prospectus  issued  in  connection  with  a  McKesson 
subsidiary  and  HBOC  merger  (the  “Merger”)  contained  material  misstatements  or  omissions  and  that  McKesson 
was  negligent  in  issuing  the  Joint  Proxy  Statement/Prospectus  with  those  misstatements.    On  April  5,  2002, 
McKesson filed a motion to dismiss Lead Plaintiff’s claim under Section 10(b) of the Exchange Act to the extent 
that it is based on McKesson’s pre-Merger conduct (Lead Plaintiff's claim under Section 10(b) against McKesson 
based on post-Merger conduct had already been sustained by Judge Whyte), and moved to dismiss the claim under 
Section 14(a) of the Exchange Act in its entirety.   

By  order  dated  January  6,  2003,  Judge  Whyte  granted  in  part  and  denied  in  part  the  Company’s  motion  to 
dismiss the TAC.  Specifically, Judge Whyte dismissed with prejudice the claim against the Company under Section 
10(b)  of  the  Exchange  Act  to  the  extent  that  claim  was  based  on  McKesson’s  conduct  or  statements  prior  to  the 
January  12,  1999  merger  transaction  with  HBOC,  denied  the  Company’s  motion  to  dismiss  the  claim  against  the 
Company under Section 14(a) of the Exchange Act, and ordered the Company to answer the TAC.  Following the 
Court's January 6, 2003 orders, the following claims remained against McKesson and HBOC:  (i) a claim against 
HBOC  under  Section  10(b)  of  the  Exchange  Act;  (ii)  a  claim  against  McKesson  under  Section  10(b)  of  the 
Exchange  Act  with  respect  to  post-Merger  conduct  only;  and  (iii)  a  Section  14(a)  claim  against  McKesson,  as 
described in the Court's January 6, 2003 order.  The Company and HBOC filed answers to the TAC on March 7, 
2003, denying that the Company or HBOC had violated Section 10(b) or Section 14(a) or that they had any liability 
to the alleged plaintiff class.   

On March 7, 2003, Lead Plaintiff filed a motion for class certification seeking to certify a class consisting of (i) 
all persons and entities who purchased or otherwise acquired publicly traded securities of HBOC during the period 
from  January  20,  1997,  through  and  including  January  12,  1999,  (ii)  all  persons  and  entities  who  purchased  or 
otherwise acquired publicly traded securities or call options, or who sold put options, of McKesson during the period 
from October 18, 1998 through and including April 27, 1999, and (iii) all persons and entities who held McKesson 

78 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

FINANCIAL NOTES (Continued) 

common stock on November 27, 1998 and still held those shares on January 12, 1999.  Lead Plaintiff seeks an order 
appointing  three  representatives  of  this  proposed  class:    (i)  the  Lead  Plaintiff;  (ii)  City  of  Miami  Beach  General 
Employees  Retirement  Trust;  and  (iii)  an  individual  investor  named  Donald  Chiert.    By  agreement  of  the  parties 
(subject  to  approval  by  the  Court),  the  Company  will  be  required  to  respond  to  Lead  Plaintiff's  motion  for  class 
certification by August 22, 2003, and the motion will be scheduled to be heard on October 3, 2003.  McKesson and 
HBOC have commenced the production of documents in the Consolidated Action and, pursuant to pretrial orders, 
merits depositions may begin as early as mid-July 2003.  No trial date has been set in the Consolidated Action. 

On January 11, 2001, McKesson filed an action in the Court for the Northern District of California against the 
Lead Plaintiff in the Consolidated Action individually, and as a representative of a defendant class of former HBOC 
shareholders who exchanged HBOC shares for Company shares in the January 12, 1999 Merger, McKesson HBOC, 
Inc.  v.  New  York  State  Common  Retirement  Fund,  Inc.  et  al.  (Case  No. C01-20021  RMW)  (the  “Complaint  and 
Counterclaim”).  In the Complaint and Counterclaim, the Company alleges that the exchanged HBOC shares were 
artificially inflated due to undisclosed accounting improprieties, and that the exchange ratio therefore provided more 
shares to former HBOC shareholders than would have otherwise been the case.  In this action, the Company seeks to 
recover  the  “unjust  enrichment”  received  by  those  HBOC  shareholders  who  exchanged  more  than  20,000  HBOC 
shares in the Merger.  The Company does not allege any wrongdoing by these shareholders.  On January 9, 2002, 
Judge Whyte dismissed the Complaint and Counterclaim with prejudice.  The Company appealed this ruling to the 
United States Court of Appeals for the Ninth Circuit (“Ninth Circuit”).  The Company’s appeal was heard by the 
Ninth Circuit on April 8, 2003.  The Ninth Circuit has not yet issued an opinion. 

By order dated February 7, 2000, Judge Whyte coordinated with the Consolidated Action a class action alleging 
claims under the Employee Retirement Income Security Act (commonly known as “ERISA”), Chang v. McKesson 
HBOC,  Inc.  et  al.  (Case  No.  C-00-20030  RMW),  and  a  shareholder  derivative  action  that  had  been  filed  in  the 
Northern  District  of  California  under  the  caption  Cohen  v.  McCall  et  al.  (Case  No.  C-99-20916  RMW)  with  the 
Consolidated Action.  There has been no further significant activity in the Cohen action.  By stipulated order dated 
April  30,  2003,  no  defendant  or  nominal  defendant  is  required  to  respond  to  the  complaint  until  notified  by  the 
plaintiff in writing with thirty days notice or upon further order of the Court.  Recent developments in the Chang 
action are discussed below. 

Several  individual  actions  have  also  been  filed  in,  or  transferred  to,  the  Northern  District  of  California.    On 
November 12, 1999, an individual shareholder action was filed in the Court for the Northern District of California 
under the caption Jacobs v. McKesson HBOC, Inc., et al. (C-99-21192 RMW).  The Plaintiffs in Jacobs are former 
HBOC shareholders who acquired their HBOC shares pursuant to a registration statement issued by HBOC prior to 
the Merger, and then exchanged their HBOC shares for McKesson shares in the Merger.  Plaintiffs in Jacobs assert 
claims  under  federal  and  state  securities  laws  and  a  claim  for  common  law  fraud.    Plaintiffs  seek  unspecified 
compensatory  and  punitive  damages,  and  costs  of  suit,  including  attorneys’  fees.    Judge  Whyte’s  December  22, 
1999, order consolidated the Jacobs action with the Consolidated Action.  With leave of court, the Jacobs plaintiffs 
amended their complaint, but the action remains stayed and there has been no discovery, motion practice or other 
activity in the case.  On September 21, 2000 the plaintiffs in Jacobs v. McKesson HBOC, Inc. filed a new individual 
action  entitled  Jacobs  v.  HBO  &  Company  (Case  No.  C-00-20974  RMW).    The  Jacobs  complaint  names  only 
HBOC  as  a  defendant  and  asserts  claims  under  Sections  11  and  12(2)  of  the  Securities  Act,  Section  10(b)  of  the 
Exchange Act and various state law causes of action.  The complaint seeks unspecified compensatory and punitive 
damages,  and  costs  of  suit,  including  attorneys’  fees.    This  action  has  been  assigned  to  Judge  Whyte  and 
consolidated with the Consolidated Action. 

On December 16, 1999, an individual action was filed in the Court for the Northern District of California under 
the caption Bea v. McKesson HBOC, Inc. et al.  (Case No. C-00-20072 RMW).  Plaintiffs in Bea filed an Amended 
Complaint on March 9, 2000.  Plaintiffs in Bea allege that they acquired the Company’s common stock prior to the 
Merger and sold that stock after the April 1999 announcement at a loss.  The Bea complaint asserts claims under the 
federal and state securities laws, and a claim for fraud.  Plaintiffs seek (i) unspecified compensatory and punitive 
damages, and (ii) reasonable costs and expenses of suit, including attorneys’ fees.  Bea is currently stayed and has 
been consolidated with the Consolidated Action. 

On January 7, 2000, an individual action was filed in the Court for the Northern District of California under the 
caption Cater v. McKesson Corporation et al. (Case No. C-00-20327 RMW).  The plaintiff is Terry Cater, a former 
employee of the Company who alleges that his options and restricted stock were substantially devalued as a result of 

79 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

FINANCIAL NOTES (Continued) 

the Merger and the subsequent drop in the Company’s stock price.  Plaintiff in Cater asserts claims under the federal 
securities  laws  as  well  as  claims  for  breach  of  good faith and fair  dealing,  fraud  and negligent  misrepresentation.  
Plaintiff  seeks  (i)  unspecified  special  damages  in  excess  of  $50,000,  (ii)  unspecified  general  damages,  (iii) 
prejudgment interest and (iv) reasonable attorneys’ fees.  The case has been assigned to Judge Whyte and the parties 
have stipulated to a stay pending the outcome of the motions to dismiss in the Consolidated Action.   

On February 7, 2000, an action entitled Baker v. McKesson HBOC, Inc., et al. (Case No. CV 00-0188) was filed 
in the U.S. District Court for the Western District of Louisiana.  The same plaintiffs then filed a virtually identical 
parallel  action  in  Louisiana  State  Court,  Rapides  Parish,  under  the  caption  Baker  v.  McKesson  HBOC,  Inc.,  et  al 
(filed as Case No. 199018; Case No. CV-00-0522 after removal to federal court).  Plaintiffs, former shareholders of 
Automatic Prescription Services, allege claims under the federal securities laws, and claims for breach of fiduciary 
duty, misrepresentation and detrimental reliance.  The state court action was removed to federal court and the two 
Baker  cases  have  been  transferred  to  the  Northern  District  of  California  and  consolidated  with  the  Consolidated 
Action. 

On July 27, 2001, an action was filed in the Court for the Northern District of California captioned Pacha, et al. 
v. McKesson HBOC, Inc., et al. (Case No. C01-20713 PVT).  The Pacha plaintiffs allege that they were individual 
stockholders  of  McKesson  stock  on  November  27,  1998,  and  assert  that  McKesson  and  HBOC  violated  Section 
14(a) of the Exchange Act, and that McKesson, aided by HBOC, breached its fiduciary duties to plaintiffs by issuing 
a joint proxy statement in connection with the Merger which allegedly contained false and misleading statements or 
omissions.    Plaintiffs  name  as  defendants  McKesson,  HBOC,  certain  current  or  former  officers  or  directors  of 
McKesson  or  HBOC,  Bear  Stearns  and  Arthur  Andersen.    On  November  13,  2001,  Judge  Whyte  ordered  Pacha 
consolidated with the Consolidated Action and stayed all further proceedings. 

Hess v. McKesson HBOC, Inc. et al. an action filed in state court in Arizona (Case No. C-20003862) on behalf 
of former shareholders of Ephrata Diamond Spring Water Company (“Ephrata”) who acquired McKesson shares in 
exchange for their Ephrata stock when McKesson acquired Ephrata in January 1999, was removed to federal court, 
transferred to the Northern District of California and consolidated with the Consolidated Action.  Judge Whyte also 
stayed all further proceedings in Hess except for the filing of an amended complaint, which was filed on or about 
December 15, 2001 (the “Hess Amended Complaint”).  The Hess Amended Complaint generally incorporates the 
allegations and claims asserted in the Consolidated Action and also includes various common law causes of action 
relating  to  McKesson’s  acquisition  of  Ephrata.    The  Company  is  not  currently  required  to  respond  to  the  Hess 
Amended Complaint. 

On  June  28,  2001,  the  Chang  plaintiffs  filed  an  amended  ERISA  class  action  complaint  against  McKesson, 
HBOC,  certain  current  or  former  officers  or  directors  of  McKesson  or  HBOC,  and  The  Chase  Manhattan  Bank 
(“Chase”).  The amended complaint in Chang generally alleges that the defendants breached their ERISA fiduciary 
duties in connection with administering the McKesson HBOC Profit Sharing Investment Plan (the “PSI Plan”) and 
the  HBOC  Profit  Sharing  and  Savings  Plan  (the  “HBOC  Plan”).    Plaintiffs  in  Chang  are  former  employees  of 
McKesson  and  participants  in  the  PSI  Plan,  and  purportedly  seek  relief  under  sections  404-405,  409  and  502  of 
ERISA on behalf of a class defined to include participants in the PSI Plan, including participants under the HBOC 
Plan,  who  maintained  an  account  balance  under  the  PSI  Plan  as  of  April  27,  1999,  who  had  not  received  a 
distribution from the PSI Plan as of April 27, 1999, and who suffered losses as a result of the alleged breaches of 
duty.  On October 12, 2001, McKesson, HBOC and Chase moved to dismiss the Chang action.  The outcome of that 
motion is discussed below. 

On February 7, 2002, a related ERISA class action was filed in the Court for the Northern District of California 
captioned  Adams  v.  McKesson  Information  Solutions,  Inc.  et  al.  (Case  No.  C-02-06  85  JCS).    Plaintiff  in  Adams 
filed  a  first  amended  complaint  on  March  15,  2002,  against  HBOC,  McKesson,  the  HBO  &  Company  Board  of 
Directors, HBO & Company Profit Sharing and Savings Plan Administrative Committee, HBO & Company Profit 
Sharing  and  Savings  Plan  Investment  Committee,  McKesson  HBOC,  Inc.  Profit  Sharing  Investment  Plan  (as  a 
nominal  defendant  only),  and  certain  current  or  former  officers,  directors  or  employees  of  McKesson  or  HBOC.  
Plaintiff  alleges  that  he  was  a  participant  in  the  HBOC  Plan  and  generally  alleges  that  McKesson  and  HBOC 
breached their ERISA fiduciary duties to the HBOC Plan and its participants or engaged in transactions prohibited 
by ERISA.  Plaintiff asserts his claims on behalf of a putative class defined to include all participants in the HBOC 
Plan and their beneficiaries for whose benefit the HBOC Plan acquired HBOC stock from March 31, 1996 to April 
1,  1999.    Plaintiff  seeks  (i)  a  judgment  that  McKesson  and  HBOC  breached  their  fiduciary  duties,  (ii)  an  order 

80 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

FINANCIAL NOTES (Continued) 

requiring defendants to restore to the plan all losses caused by these purported breaches of fiduciary duty, and (iii) 
reasonable attorneys’ fees, costs and expenses.  

On June 3, 2002, Judge Whyte consolidated the Adams ERISA class action with the Chang ERISA class action.  
By  order  dated  September  30,  2002  Judge  Whyte  dismissed  the  First  Amended  Complaint  in  the  Chang  action.  
Judge Whyte granted plaintiffs in Chang and Adams 30 days leave to file a consolidated and amended complaint 
under  the  caption  In  re  McKesson  HBOC,  Inc.  ERISA  Litigation  (Northern  District  of  California  No.  C-02-0685 
RMW)  (the  “ERISA  Action”).    On  December  31,  2002,  plaintiffs  filed  a  consolidated  amended  complaint  (the 
"CAC”)  in  the  ERISA  Action.    The  CAC  generally  alleges  that  McKesson  and  HBOC  breached  their  fiduciary 
duties  under  ERISA,  and  that  HBOC  engaged  in  transactions  prohibited  by  ERISA.    Plaintiffs  further  allege  that 
McKesson  and  HBOC  are  liable  under  principles  of  respondeat  superior  and  agency  for  alleged  breaches  of 
fiduciary  duties  by  other  defendants.    The  CAC  seeks  to  have  the  defendants  restore  to  the  HBOC  Plan  and 
McKesson Plan losses allegedly caused by their alleged breaches of fiduciary duty, equitable relief, attorneys’ fees, 
costs and expenses.  On February 28, 2003, McKesson filed a motion to dismiss the CAC and HBOC filed motions 
to dismiss portions of the CAC.  The parties have agreed (subject to approval by the Court) that these motions will 
be heard on August 29, 2003.  

State Actions 

Twenty-four  actions  have  also  been  filed  in  various  state  courts  in  California,  Colorado,  Delaware,  Georgia, 
Louisiana and Pennsylvania (the “State Actions”).  Like the Consolidated Action, the State Actions generally allege 
misconduct by McKesson or HBOC (and others) in connection with the events leading to McKesson’s decision to 
restate HBOC’s financial statements. 

Two  of  the  State  Actions  are  derivative  actions:    Ash,  et  al.  v.  McCall,  et  al.,  (Case  No.  17132),  filed  in  the 
Delaware Chancery Court and Mitchell v. McCall et al. (Case. No. 304415), filed in California Superior Court, City 
and County of San Francisco.  McKesson moved to dismiss both of these actions and to stay the Mitchell action in 
favor of the earlier filed Ash and Cohen derivative actions.  Plaintiffs in Mitchell agreed to defer any action by the 
court on McKesson’s motions pending resolution of McKesson’s dismissal motion in Ash.  On September 15, 2000, 
in the Ash case, the Court of Chancery dismissed all causes of action with leave to re-plead certain of the dismissed 
claims, and on January 22, 2001, the Ash plaintiffs filed a Third Amended Complaint which is presently the subject 
of McKesson’s motion to dismiss. 

Five  of  the  State  Actions  are  class  actions.    Three  of  these  were  filed  in  the  Delaware  Court  of  Chancery: 
Derdiger v. Tallman et al. (Civil Action No. 17276), Carroll v. McKesson HBOC, Inc. (Civil Action No. 17454) and 
Kelly v. McKesson HBOC, Inc. et al. (Civil Action No. 17282).  Two additional actions were filed in the Delaware 
Superior Court: Edmondson v. McKesson HBOC, Inc. (Civil Action No. 99-951) and Caravetta v. McKesson HBOC, 
Inc. (Civil Action No. 00C-04-214 WTQ).  The Carroll and Kelly actions have been voluntarily dismissed without 
prejudice.  McKesson removed Edmondson to federal court in Delaware and filed a motion to dismiss, which was 
granted by the federal court on March 5, 2002.  McKesson filed motions to stay the Derdiger and Caravetta actions 
in  favor  of  proceedings  in  the  federal  Consolidated  Action,  which  were  granted.    On  December  20,  2001,  the 
plaintiff in Derdiger moved to vacate the stay of that action.  In a series of rulings dated September 9, 2002, October 
11, 2002 and October 18, 2002, the court denied plaintiff’s motion to vacate the stay with respect to any class claims 
but granted plaintiff leave to proceed with his individual claims.  Thereafter, the plaintiff filed a motion for partial 
summary  judgment,  and  the  former  directors  of  Access  Health,  Inc.,  who  are  also  defendants,  filed  a  motion  to 
dismiss the claims asserted against them.  The parties have asked the court to defer consideration of those motions 
while they pursue settlement discussions. 

Several of the State Actions are individual actions which have been filed in various state courts.  Five of these 
were filed in the California Superior Court, City and County of San Francisco: Yurick v. McKesson HBOC, Inc. et 
al.  (Case  No.  303857),  The  State  of  Oregon  by  and  through  the  Oregon  Public  Employees  Retirement  Board  v. 
McKesson HBOC, Inc. et al. (Case No. 307619), Utah State Retirement Board v. McKesson HBOC, Inc. et al. (Case 
No. 311269), Minnesota State Board of Investment v. McKesson HBOC, Inc. et al. (Case No. 311747), and Merrill 
Lynch Fundamental Growth Fund et al. v. McKesson HBOC, Inc. et al. (Case No. CGC-02-405792).  Oregon, Utah, 
and  Minnesota  and  Merrill  Lynch  have  been  consolidated  before  the  Honorable  Donald  S.  Mitchell  under  the 
Oregon caption. 

81 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

FINANCIAL NOTES (Continued) 

In Yurick, the trial court sustained McKesson’s demurrer to the original complaint without leave to amend with 
respect  to  all  causes  of  action  except  plaintiffs’  claims  for  common  law  fraud  and  negligent  misrepresentation, 
which remain in the case.  On December 27, 2002, the Yurick action was assigned to Judge Mitchell, the presiding 
judge in the Oregon, Minnesota, Utah and Merrill Lynch actions.  

The  Oregon,  Utah  and  Minnesota  actions  referenced  above  are  individual  securities  actions  filed  in  the 
California Superior Court for the City and County of San Francisco by the out-of-state pension funds for each of 
those  States  and  Colorado.    On  October  16,  2002,  after  motion  practice  to  challenge  the  sufficiency  of  the 
complaints  in  Utah,  Minnesota  and  Oregon,  which  resulted  in  the  dismissal  of  a  number  of  claims  that  had  been 
asserted against McKesson and HBOC, and the consolidation of those actions under the caption The State of Oregon 
Public Employees Retirement Board v. McKesson HBOC, Inc. et al. (Master File No. 307619), plaintiffs in Oregon, 
Minnesota and Utah filed a consolidated and amended complaint (the "CAAC") which consolidated the remaining 
claims in those actions.  On October 11, 2002, plaintiffs in Merrill Lynch filed an amended complaint in the Merrill 
Lynch action. 

On March 13, 2003, Judge Mitchell overruled McKesson’s and HBOC’s demurrers to and motions to strike the 
CAAC in Oregon, Minnesota and Utah.  On the same date, Judge Mitchell sustained in part and overruled in part 
McKesson and HBOC's demurrers, and denied McKesson and HBOC's motions to strike the amended complaint in 
Merrill  Lynch.    Following  those  orders,  the  following  claims  remain  against  McKesson  and  HBOC  in  the 
consolidated Oregon action: (i) under California law, for violation of California Corporations Code § 25000/25400, 
for violation of California Business and Professions Code § 17200 (against HBOC only), and for common law fraud 
and negligent  misrepresentation,  and  (ii)  under  Georgia  law,  claims  for  conspiracy  under  Georgia's  RICO  statute, 
and for common law fraud, negligent misrepresentation, conspiracy, and aiding and abetting.  Following the Court's 
March 13, 2003, orders, the following claims remain against McKesson and HBOC in the Merrill Lynch action: (i) 
under  California  law,  for  violation  of  California  Corporations  Code  §  25000/25400,  for  violation  of  California 
Business  and  Professions  Code  §  17200  (against  HBOC  only),  and  for  common  law  fraud,  negligent 
misrepresentation,  conspiracy  and  aiding  and  abetting,  (ii)  under  New  Jersey  law,  for  conspiracy  to  violate  New 
Jersey's  RICO  statute  (HBOC  only),  and  (iii)  under  Georgia  law,  for  violation  of  Georgia's  securities  laws.    The 
Court's  March  13,  2003,  orders  also  gave  the  Merrill  Lynch  plaintiffs  leave  to  amend  their  previously-asserted 
claims  against  McKesson  for  violation  of  New  Jersey's  RICO  statute  and  against  McKesson  and  HBOC  for 
conspiracy  to  violate  New  Jersey's  and  Georgia's  RICO  statutes.    On  April  8,  2003,  the  Merrill  Lynch  plaintiffs 
moved for reconsideration of certain of Judge Mitchell's March 13, 2003, orders, including certain orders sustaining 
demurrers  by  McKesson  and  HBOC.    Neither  McKesson  nor  HBOC  is  obligated  to  answer  the  CAAC  or  the 
complaint  in  the  Merrill  Lynch  action  until  after  the  court  rules  on  the  Merrill  Lynch  plaintiffs'  motion  for 
reconsideration. 

Several individual actions have been filed in various state courts outside of California.  Several of these cases 
have been filed in Georgia state courts.  On December 9, 1999, an action was filed in Georgia State Court, Gwinnett 
County,  under  the  caption  Adler  v.  McKesson  HBOC,  Inc.  et  al.  (Case  No.  99-C-7980-3).    Plaintiff  in  Adler,  a 
former  HBOC  shareholder,  asserted  claims  for  common  law  fraud  and  fraudulent  conveyance.    The  Adler  action 
named as defendants the Company, HBOC, Albert Bergonzi and Jay Gilbertson.  Plaintiff sought damages in excess 
of  $43 million,  as  well  as  punitive  damages,  and  costs  of  suit,  including  attorneys’  fees.    The  case  was  settled 
following discovery, and plaintiff filed a Dismissal with Prejudice on July 17, 2002.  

 On October 24, 2000,  an  action was filed in  Georgia  State  Court,  Fulton  County,  captioned Suffolk Partners 
Limited Partnership et al. v. McKesson HBOC, Inc. et al. (Case No. 00VS010469A).  Plaintiffs in the Suffolk action 
allegedly  purchased  the  Company’s  common  stock  after  the  Merger  but  before  the  April  1999  announcement.  
Plaintiffs  assert  claims  under  Georgia’s  securities  and  racketeering  laws,  and  for  common  law  fraud,  negligent 
misrepresentation,  conspiracy,  and  aiding  and  abetting.    The  Suffolk  action  names  as  defendants  the  Company, 
HBOC, and certain of the Company’s or HBOC’s current or former officers or directors, and Arthur Andersen.  Like 
the Consolidated Action, the claims in the Suffolk action generally arise out of the January 12, 1999 Merger, and the 
Company’s announcement of the need to restate its financial statements.  Plaintiffs seek (i) compensatory damages 
of  approximately  $21.8 million,  as  well  as  general,  rescissory,  special,  punitive,  exemplary,  and  with  respect  to 
certain causes of action, treble damages, and (ii) prejudgment and post-judgment interest and costs of suit, including 
reasonable attorneys’ and experts’ fees.  The Company and HBOC separately answered the complaint on January 9, 
2001.  The Company and HBOC moved for an order staying the Suffolk action in favor of the Consolidated Action 
on January 10, 2001.  On August 2, 2001, the Court granted the motions to stay.  Subsequently, however, in May 

82 

 
 
 
 
 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

FINANCIAL NOTES (Continued) 

2003, the Court lifted the stay and directed the parties to coordinate discovery with that in the Consolidated Action 
and several other actions.  The Company’s motion for judgment on the pleadings is set for hearing on June 18, 2003.  

On November 1, 2000, an action was filed in Georgia State Court, Fulton County, captioned Curran Partners, 
L.P. v. McKesson HBOC, Inc. et al. (Case No. 00 VS 010801).  Plaintiff in the Curran action allegedly purchased 
the Company’s common stock after the Merger but before the April 1999 announcement.  The claims in the Curran 
action are identical to the claims in the Suffolk action.  Plaintiff seeks (i) compensatory damages of approximately 
$2.6 million, as well as general, rescissory, special, punitive, exemplary, and with respect to certain causes of action, 
treble  damages,  and  (ii) prejudgment  and post-judgment  interest  and  costs  of  suit,  including  reasonable  attorneys’ 
and experts’ fees.  The Curran action names as defendants the Company, HBOC, and certain of the Company’s or 
HBOC’s  current  or  former  officers  or  directors,  and  Arthur  Andersen.    The  Company  and  HBOC  separately 
answered  the  Complaint  on  January 9,  2001.    The  Company  and  HBOC  moved  for  an  order  staying  the  Curran 
action in favor of the Consolidated Action on January 10, 2001.  The Court granted the motions to stay on August 
22, 2001.  

On  December  12,  2001,  an  action  was  filed  in  Georgia  State  Court,  Fulton  County,  captioned  Drake  v. 
McKesson  Corp.,  et  al.  (Case  No. 01VS026303A).    Plaintiff  in  Drake  is  a  former  HBOC  employee  seeking  lost 
commissions as well as asserting claims under Georgia’s securities and racketeering laws, and various common law 
causes of action.  Plaintiff seeks (i) approximately $300,000 in unpaid commissions, (ii) unspecified compensatory, 
consequential, actual, exemplary, and punitive damages, and (iii) prejudgment and post-judgment interest and costs 
of suit, including reasonable attorneys’ fees.  The Drake action names as defendants the Company, HBOC, Albert 
Bergonzi and Jay Gilbertson.  The parties entered into a Consent Order for Partial Stay on February 27, 2002, which 
stayed  Plaintiff’s  Georgia  securities  law,  fraud  and  RICO  claims.    On  March 4,  2002,  McKesson  and  McKesson 
Information Solutions Inc. separately filed their answers.  The case is in the discovery stage and is proceeding on the 
plaintiff’s claims for unpaid commissions. 

Two  similar  Georgia  actions  have  been  consolidated  for  purposes  of  discovery  and  may  be  consolidated  for 
purposes of  trial.   On  January 31, 2002, an action was filed in Georgia Superior Court, Fulton County, under the 
caption Holcombe T. Green and HTG Corp. v. McKesson, Inc. et al. (Case No. 2002-CV-48407).  Plaintiffs in the 
Green action are former HBOC shareholders.  Plaintiff Holcombe Green was also a former officer, chairman and 
director of HBOC.  On February 6, 2002, an action was filed in Georgia Superior Court, Fulton County, under the 
caption  Hall  Family  Investments,  L.P.  v.  McKesson,  Inc.  et  al.  (Case  No.  2002-CV-48612).    Plaintiff  in  the  Hall 
action is a former HBOC shareholder.  One of the limited partners of the Hall Plaintiff is Nancy Hall Green, the wife 
of  Holcombe  Green.    The  complaints  in  the  Green  and  Hall  actions  are  substantially  identical.    In  each  action, 
Plaintiffs asserted claims for common law fraud and fraudulent conveyance and named as defendants the Company, 
HBOC,  Albert  Bergonzi  and  Jay  Gilbertson.    In  each  action,  plaintiffs  seek  compensatory  damages  in  excess  of 
$100 million, as well as unspecified general, special and punitive damages, and costs of suit, including attorneys’ 
fees.  The Company and HBOC filed their respective answers and counterclaims on April 22, 2002.  HBOC also 
filed  a  third  party  complaint  against  Holcombe  Green  for  indemnification.    The  Company  and  HBOC  also  filed 
motions  to  stay  and  dismiss.    The  court  denied  the  motions  to  stay,  and  partially  granted  the  motions  to  dismiss, 
dismissing Plaintiffs’ claims for fraudulent conveyance.  Plaintiffs moved to dismiss the counterclaims filed by the 
Company and HBOC, and the Court denied those motions.  Discovery is under way and will proceed for some time. 

On May 8, 2002, an action was filed in Georgia State Court, Fulton County, under the caption James Gilbert v. 
McKesson Corporation, et al. (Case No. 02VS032502C).  Plaintiff, formerly the general counsel of HBOC, alleges 
he  was  a  holder  of  options  to  purchase  shares  of  the  Company’s  stock.    The  action  names  as  defendants  the 
Company, HBOC, Albert Bergonzi and Jay Gilbertson.  Plaintiff seeks compensatory damages of approximately $2 
million,  as well  as unspecified general,  special  and  punitive damages,  and  costs of  suit,  including  attorneys’  fees.  
On June 24, 2002, the Company and HBOC filed their respective answers, motions to stay, and motions to dismiss.  
On November 26, 2002, the court granted the motions to stay, and this case is stayed until final disposition of the 
Consolidated Action.   

On  September  28,  1999,  an  action  was  filed  in  the  Delaware  Superior  Court  under  the  caption  Kelly  v. 
McKesson HBOC, Inc. et al. (Civil Action No. 99C-09-265 WCC).  Plaintiffs in Kelly are former shareholders of 
KWS&P, Inc. and KWS&P/SFA, Inc., which companies were acquired by McKesson in 1999.  The plaintiffs assert 
claims  under  the  federal  securities  laws  as  well  as  claims for breach of  contract.   On January  17,  2002,  the  court 
denied  McKesson’s  motion  to  dismiss  and  denied  the  plaintiffs’  motion  for  partial  summary  judgment,  while 

83 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

FINANCIAL NOTES (Continued) 

granting motions to dismiss for lack of personal jurisdiction that were filed by certain former officers and directors 
of McKesson and HBOC.  As of May 30, 2003, the parties have agreed to a settlement of this action, and the case 
will be dismissed with prejudice. 

The  United  States  Attorney’s  Office  (“USAO”)  and  the  SEC  are  conducting  investigations  into  the  matters 
leading  to  the  restatement.    On  May 15,  2000,  the  USAO  filed  a  one-count  information  against  former  HBOC 
officer, Dominick  DeRosa,  charging  Mr. DeRosa  with  aiding  and  abetting  securities  fraud,  and on May 15,  2000, 
Mr.  DeRosa  entered  a  guilty  plea  to  that  charge.    On  September 28,  2000,  an  indictment  was  unsealed  in  the 
Northern District of California against former HBOC officer, Jay P. Gilbertson, and former Company and HBOC 
officer,  Albert  J.  Bergonzi,  United  States  v.  Bergonzi,  et  al.  (Case  No. CR-00-0505).    On  that  same  date,  a  civil 
complaint  was  filed  by  the  SEC  against  Mr. Gilbertson,  Mr. Bergonzi  and  Mr. DeRosa  Securities  and  Exchange 
Commission v. Gilbertson, et al. (Case No. C-00-3570).  Mr. DeRosa has settled with the SEC without admitting or 
denying the substantive allegations of the complaint.  On January 10, 2001, the grand jury returned a superseding 
indictment in the Northern District of California against Messrs. Gilbertson and Bergonzi United States v. Bergonzi, 
et al. (Case No. CR-00-0505) and on June 4, 2003, a second superseding indictment was unsealed which added new 
charges  against  Mr.  Bergonzi  and  which  also  charged  both  former  Chairman  of  the  Board  of  HBOC  and  the 
Company,  Charles  W.  McCall,  and  former  HBOC  General  Counsel,  Jay  Lapine,  with  various  securities  law 
violations.  Also on June 4, 2003, the USAO announced the filing of agreements with Messrs. Gilbertson, DeRosa 
and former Senior Vice President for Finance, Timothy Heyerdahl to plead guilty to various securities law violations 
(Case Nos. CR-00-0505, CR-00-0213 and CR-01-0002, respectively). 

On  September 27,  2001,  the  SEC  filed  securities  fraud  charges  against  six  former  HBOC  officers  and 
employees  including  Messrs.  Heyerdahl  and  Lapine.    Simultaneous  with  the  filing  of  the  Commission’s  civil 
complaints, four of the six defendants settled the claims brought against them by, among other things, consenting, 
without admitting or denying the allegations of the complaints, to entry of permanent injunctions against all of the 
alleged  violations,  and  agreed  to  pay  civil  penalties  in  various  amounts.    On  June  4,  2003,  the  SEC  filed  a  civil 
complaint against Mr. McCall for various securities law violations (Case No. C-03-2603).  On January 3, 2002, the 
Company was notified in writing by the SEC that its investigation has been terminated as to the Company, and that 
no enforcement action has been recommended to the Commission.  

We do not believe it is feasible to predict or determine the outcome or resolution of the accounting litigation 
proceedings, or to estimate the amounts of, or potential range of, loss with respect to those proceedings.  In addition, 
the  timing  of  the  final  resolution  of  these  proceedings  is  uncertain.    The  range  of  possible  resolutions  of  these 
proceedings could include judgments against the Company or settlements that could require substantial payments by 
the Company, which could have a material adverse impact on McKesson’s financial position, results of operations 
and cash flows.  

II. Other Litigation and Claims 

In addition to commitments and obligations in the ordinary course of business, we are subject to various claims, 
other  pending  and  potential  legal  actions  for  product  liability  and  other  damages,  investigations  relating  to 
governmental  laws  and  regulations  and  other  matters  arising  out  of  the  normal  conduct  of  our  business.    These 
include: 

Product Liability Litigation and Other Claims 

Our  subsidiary,  McKesson  Medical-Surgical,  Inc.,  is  one  of  many  defendants  in  approximately  110  cases  in 
which  plaintiffs  claim  that  they  were  injured  due  to  exposure,  over  many  years,  to  latex  proteins  in  gloves 
manufactured  by  numerous  manufacturers  and  distributed  by  a  number  of  distributors,  including  McKesson 
Medical-Surgical.    Efforts  to  resolve  tenders  of  defense  to  its  suppliers  are  continuing  and  final  agreements  have 
been  reached  with  two  major  suppliers.    McKesson  Medical-Surgical,  Inc.’s  insurers  are  providing  coverage  for 
these cases, subject to applicable deductibles. 

We, along with more than 100 other companies, have been named in a lawsuit brought in 2000 by the Lemelson 
Medical, Educational & Research Foundation (“the Foundation”) alleging that we and our subsidiaries are infringing 
seven U.S. patents relating to common bar code scanning technology and its use for the automated management and 
control  of  product  inventory,  warehousing,  distribution  and  point-of-sale  transactions.    Due  to  the  pendency  of 

84 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

FINANCIAL NOTES (Continued) 

earlier litigation brought against the Foundation by the manufacturers of bar code devices attacking the validity of 
the patents at issue, the court stayed the suit against us until the conclusion of the earlier case, including any appeals 
that may be taken.  The trial in this earlier case concluded in January 2003 and the parties are awaiting the decision.  
An  appeal  is  anticipated  regardless  of  the  outcome.    While  the  suit  against  us  was  stayed,  the  U.S.  Patent  and 
Trademark  Office  granted  petitions  for  reexamination  of  three  of  the  seven  patents  asserted  by  the  Foundation 
against us.  The reexamination will determine, among other things, whether these patents have expired.  Each of the 
remaining four patents in the action has already expired by its own terms, or by the Foundation’s disclaiming the 
remaining portion of the patent’s life. 

We, through our former McKesson Chemical Company division (the “Former Division”), have been named a 
defendant in 52 cases filed in state courts in Mississippi as a result of the Former Division’s alleged distribution of 
asbestos.  These cases typically involve multiple plaintiffs claiming personal injuries and unspecified compensatory 
and  punitive  damages  against  numerous  defendants  arising  from  the  plaintiffs’  alleged  exposure  to  asbestos-
containing  materials.    Pursuant  to  an  indemnification  agreement  entered  into  at  the  time  of  the  1986  sale  of 
McKesson Chemical Company to what is now called Univar USA Inc. (“Univar”), we have tendered each of these 
actions to Univar.  Univar is currently defending us but has raised questions concerning the extent of its obligations 
under the indemnification agreement.  Discussions with Univar on that subject are ongoing.  McKesson has not paid 
or incurred any costs or expenses in connection with these actions to date; and the Company continues to look to 
Univar for  defense  and  full  indemnification  of  these  claims.    In  addition,  McKesson believes  that,  if  necessary,  a 
portion of these claims would be covered by insurance. 

The USAO for the Southern District of Illinois is conducting an industry-wide civil and criminal investigation 
into the marketing, sale and Medicare reimbursement of enteral nutritional products (“Products”) and has indicated 
that  the  Company  and  two  of  our  employees  are  subjects  of  the  investigation.    The  Products  are  sold,  and  the 
individuals  are  employed  by  the  extended  care  business  conducted  by  McKesson  Medical-Surgical  Minnesota 
Supply Inc., an indirect subsidiary of the Company.  We are cooperating with the investigation and responding to 
subpoenas which have been issued to the Company.   

Environmental Matters 

Primarily as a result of the operation of our former chemical businesses, which were fully divested by 1987, we 
are  involved  in  various  matters  pursuant  to  environmental  laws  and  regulations.    We  have  received  claims  and 
demands from governmental agencies relating to investigative and remedial action purportedly required to address 
environmental  conditions  alleged  to  exist  at  five  sites  where  we,  or  entities  acquired  by  us,  formerly  conducted 
operations; and we, by administrative order or otherwise, have agreed to take certain actions at those sites, including 
soil and groundwater remediation. 

Based on a determination by our environmental staff, in consultation with outside environmental specialists and 
counsel,  the  current  estimate  of  reasonably  possible  remediation  costs  for  these  five  sites  is  approximately 
$12 million, net of approximately $2 million that third parties have agreed to pay in settlement or we expect, based 
either  on  agreements  or  nonrefundable  contributions  which  are  ongoing,  to  be  contributed  by  third  parties.    The 
$12 million is expected to be paid out between April 2003 and March 2028.  Our liability for these environmental 
matters has been accrued in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. 

In  addition,  we  have  been  designated  as  a  potentially  responsible  party,  or  PRP,  under  the  Comprehensive 
Environmental Response Compensation and Liability Act of 1980 (as amended, the “Superfund” law or its state law 
equivalent)  for  environmental  assessment  and  cleanup  costs  as  the  result  of  our  alleged  disposal  of  hazardous 
substances at 22 sites.  With respect to each of these sites, numerous other PRPs have similarly been designated and, 
while  the  current  state  of  the  law  potentially  imposes  joint  and  several  liability  upon  PRPs,  as  a  practical  matter 
costs of these sites are typically shared with other PRPs.  Our estimated liability at those 22 sites is approximately 
$1.3 million.  The aggregate settlements and costs paid by us in Superfund matters to date have not been significant.  
The accompanying consolidated balance sheets include this environmental liability. 

The  potential  costs  to  us  related  to  environmental  matters  are  uncertain  due  to  such  factors  as:  the  unknown 
magnitude of possible pollution and cleanup costs; the complexity and evolving nature of governmental laws and 
regulations and their interpretations; the timing, varying costs and effectiveness of alternative cleanup technologies; 

85 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

FINANCIAL NOTES (Continued) 

the  determination  of  our  liability  in  proportions  to  other  PRPs;  and  the  extent,  if  any,  to  which  such  costs  are 
recoverable from insurance or other parties. 

While it is not possible at this time to determine with certainty the ultimate outcome of any of the litigation or 
governmental  proceedings  discussed  under  this  section  II,  “Other  Litigation  and  Claims,”  we  believe,  based  on 
current  knowledge  and  the  advice  of  our  counsel  that  such  litigation  and  proceedings  will  not  have  a  material 
adverse effect on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows.  

19.  Stockholders’ Equity 

Each  share  of  the  Company’s  outstanding  common  stock  is  permitted  one  vote  on  proposals  presented  to 
stockholders  and  is  entitled  to  share  equally  in  any  dividends  declared  by  the  Company’s  Board  of  Directors 
(“Board”).    In  July  2002,  our  stockholders  approved  an  amendment  to  the  Restated  Articles  of  Incorporation  to 
increase authorized common shares from 400 million to 800 million shares.   

In  1995,  the  Board  declared  a  dividend  of  one  right  (a  “Right”)  for  each  of  the  then  outstanding  shares  and 
subsequently issued shares of common stock to purchase, upon the occurrence of certain specified triggering events, 
a  unit  consisting  of one  hundredth  of  a  share of Series A  Junior  Participating Preferred  Stock.    Triggering  events 
include, without limitation, the acquisition by another entity of 15% or more of our common stock without the prior 
approval  of  our  Board.    The  Rights  have  certain  anti-takeover  effects  and  will  cause  substantial  dilution  to  the 
ownership interest of a person or group that attempts to acquire us on terms not approved by the Board.  The Rights 
expire in 2004 unless redeemed earlier by the Board.  As a result of a two-for-one stock split in 1998, each share of 
common stock now has attached to it one-half of a Right.   

In  2001,  the  Board  approved  plans  to  repurchase up  to $250.0  million  of  common  stock.   In  2003, 2002  and 
2001,  we  repurchased  0.9  million,  1.3  million  and  2.2  million  shares  for  $25.0  million,  $44.2  million  and  $65.6 
million, or a total of $134.8 million.  The repurchased shares will be used for general corporate purposes.   

We  have  several  equity  compensation  plans  (stock  option,  restricted  stock  and  stock  purchase  plans)  for  the 
benefit of certain officers, directors and employees.  As a result of acquisitions, we also have 20 other option plans 
under which no further awards have been made since the date of acquisition.  Under the active equity compensation 
plans, we were authorized to grant up to 117.3 million shares as of March 31, 2003, of which 88.1 million shares 
have been granted. 

Options  are  generally  granted  for  the  purchase  of  shares  of  common  stock  at  an  exercise  price  not  less  than 
market value on the date of grant.  Most options vest over four years, subject to continuous employment and certain 
other conditions.  Options generally expire ten years after the grant date. 

The following is a summary of options outstanding at March 31, 2003: 

Range of Exercise 
Prices 

$  0.01  -  $  13.67   
$  13.68  -  $  27.35   
$  27.36  -  $  41.02   
$  41.03  -  $  54.70   
$  54.71  -  $  68.37   
$  68.38  -  $  82.04   
$  82.05  -  $  95.72   
$  95.73  -  $  123.07   
$ 123.08  -  $  136.74   

Options  Outstanding 
Weighted-
Average 
Remaining 
Contractual 
Life (Years) 

Number of 
Options 
Outstanding At 
Year End 

Options Exercisable 

Weighted- 
Average 
Exercise 
Price 

Number of 
Options 
Exercisable at 
Year End 

Weighted- 
Average 
Exercise Price 

876,529 
10,227,305 
36,432,543 
2,092,133 
765,668 
12,399,911 
398,032 
373,334 
373,334 
63,938,789 

1.7 
6.1 
7.4 
4.5 
4.8 
5.4 
4.9 
4.9 
4.9 
6.6 

$

7.27 
21.33 
32.31 
47.71 
58.46 
72.95 
90.66 
113.50 
136.74 
40.36 

851,529 
7,636,816 
17,964,773 
2,052,133 
738,391 
12,345,184 
398,032 
373,334 
373,334 
42,733,526 

$ 

7.48 
21.16 
31.46 
47.83 
58.21 
72.94 
90.66 
113.50 
136.74 
44.56 

Expiration dates range from April 2003 to February 2013. 

86 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

FINANCIAL NOTES (Continued) 

The following is a summary of changes in the options for the stock option plans: 

2003 

Weighted-
Average 
Exercise Price

2002 

Weighted-
Average 
Exercise Price

Shares 

2001 

Weighted-
Average 
Exercise Price

Shares 

Shares 

Outstanding at 

beginning of year 

63,198,584    $ 
7,061,927     
Granted 
(2,774,642)    
Exercised 
Canceled 
(3,547,080)    
Outstanding at year end  63,938,789     

40.39
30.70
17.28
39.80
40.36

60,732,305  $
9,592,339 
(3,660,236)  
(3,465,824)  
63,198,584 

39.36
38.25
16.73
41.15
40.39

56,275,715    $ 
11,599,389     
(1,149,465)    
(5,993,334)    
60,732,305     

42.24 
28.50 
13.11 
50.42 
39.36 

The weighted average fair values of the options granted during 2003, 2002 and 2001 were $12.27, $12.22 and 
$13.17  per  share.    Fair  values  of  the  options  were  estimated  at  the  date  of  grant  using  the  Black-Scholes  option-
pricing model with the following weighted-average assumptions: 

Expected stock price volatility 
Expected dividend yield 
Risk-free interest rate 
Expected life (in years) 

Years Ended March 31,  
2002 

2001 

2003 

34.5% 
0.59% 
3.4% 
7.0 

31.5% 
0.52% 
3.8% 
6.0 

48.5%
0.75%
4.7%
5.0 

The Company also has an employee stock purchase plan (“ESPP”) under which 11.1 million shares have been 
authorized for issuance.  Eligible employees may purchase a limited number of shares of the Company’s common 
stock  at  a  discount  of  up  to  15%  of  the  market  value  at  certain  plan-defined  dates.  In  2003,  2002  and  2001,  1.5 
million, 1.6 million and 1.0 million shares were issued under the ESPP.  At March 31, 2003, 6.3 million shares were 
available for issuance under the ESPP. 

20.  Related Party Balances and Transactions 

We  had  outstanding  notes  receivable  from  certain  of  our  current  and  former  officers  and  senior  managers 
totaling $84.4 million, $85.5 million and $90.7 million at March 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001 related to purchases of 
common stock under our various employee stock purchase plans.  These notes, which are included in other capital in 
the consolidated balance sheets, were issued for amounts equal to the market value of the stock on the date of the 
purchase and are full recourse to the borrower.  As of March 31, 2003, the value of the underlying stock collateral 
was $36.5 million.  The notes bear interest at rates ranging from 2.7% to 8.0% and are due at various dates through 
February  2004.  The  Company  evaluates  the  collectability  of  these  notes  on  an  ongoing  basis.  Other  receivable 
balances held with related parties, consisting of loans made to certain officers and senior managers, at March 31, 
2003,  2002  and  2001  amounted  to  $6.6  million,  $6.4  million  and  $5.5  million.    In  addition,  we  purchased  $3.0 
million of services from Verispan in 2003.   

21.  Segments of Business 

Our  segments  include  Pharmaceutical  Solutions,  Medical-Surgical  Solutions  and  Information  Solutions.    We 
evaluate the performance of our operating segments based on operating profit before interest expense, income taxes 
and  results  from  discontinued  operations.    Our  Corporate  segment  includes  expenses  associated  with  Corporate 
functions  and  projects,  certain  employee  benefits,  and  the  results  of  certain  joint  venture  investments.    Corporate 
expenses  are  allocated  to  the  operating  segments  to  the  extent  that  these  items  can  be  directly  attributable  to  the 
segment.  

87 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

FINANCIAL NOTES (Continued) 

Financial information relating to the reportable operating segments is presented below: 

(In millions) 
Revenues 
Pharmaceutical Solutions (1) 
Medical-Surgical Solutions 
Information Solutions 
   Software 
   Services 
   Hardware 

Total Information Solutions 
Total 

Operating profit 
Pharmaceutical Solutions (2) 
Medical-Surgical Solutions 
Information Solutions 

Total 

Interest 
Corporate 
Income  from  continuing  operations  before  income  taxes  and

dividends on preferred securities of subsidiary trust 

Depreciation and amortization (3) 
Pharmaceutical Solutions 
Medical-Surgical Solutions 
Information Solutions 
Corporate 
Total 

Expenditures for long-lived assets (4) 
Pharmaceutical Solutions 
Medical-Surgical Solutions 
Information Solutions 
Corporate 
Total 

Segment assets, at year end 
Pharmaceutical Solutions 
Medical-Surgical Solutions 
Information Solutions 

Total 
Corporate 
Cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities 
Other 

Total 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

Years Ended March 31,  
2002 

2001 

2003 

$ 

53,238.4 
2,743.4 

  $ 

46,258.1    $ 

2,726.0   

238.2 
799.8 
101.0 
1,139.0 
57,120.8 

  $ 

182.6   
736.1   
85.3   
1,004.0   
49,988.1    $ 

38,342.5 
2,715.8 

133.6 
723.6 
84.6 
941.8 
42,000.1 

$ 

$ 

  $ 

987.9 
65.4 
94.4 
1,147.7 
(114.8)  
(171.3)  

802.3    $ 
64.7   
21.7   
888.7   
(112.9)   
(163.5)   

572.0 
91.7 
(295.1) 
368.6 
(111.2) 
(242.6) 

861.6 

  $ 

612.3    $ 

14.8 

96.8 
18.8 
65.6 
22.5 
203.7 

54.0 
17.8 
19.5 
24.7 
116.0 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

104.5    $ 
17.3   
75.6   
9.1   
206.5    $ 

57.7    $ 
31.2   
33.4   
8.5   
130.8    $ 

107.3 
31.5 
101.7 
4.9 
245.4 

70.1 
19.9 
26.5 
41.5 
158.0 

10,837.7 
1,450.2 
1,089.8 
13,377.7 

533.5 
442.2 
14,353.4 

  $ 

10,178.4    $ 

1,485.6   
674.8   
12,338.8   

8,603.1 
1,456.5 
558.9 
10,618.5 

562.9   
424.2   
13,325.9    $ 

445.4 
468.1 
11,532.0 

  $ 

(1)  In addition to our pharmaceutical and healthcare products, our Pharmaceutical Solutions segment includes the manufacture 
and sale of automated pharmaceutical dispensing systems for hospitals and retail pharmacies, medical management services 
and tools for payors and providers, marketing and other support services to pharmaceutical manufacturers and distribution of 
first-aid products.  Revenues from these products and services were approximately 2% of segment revenues in 2003, 2002 
and 2001.   

(2)  Includes  $12.2  million,  $6.3  million  and  $5.9  million  of  net  pre-tax  earnings  from  equity  investments  in  2003,  2002  and 

2001. 

(3)  Includes amortization of intangibles, capitalized software held for sale and capitalized software for internal use. 
(4)  Long-lived assets consist of property, plant and equipment. 

88 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

FINANCIAL NOTES (Continued) 

Revenues and long-lived assets by geographic areas were as follows: 

(In millions) 
Revenues 
United States 
International 

Total 

Long-lived assets, at year end 
United States 
International 

Total 

Years Ended March 31,  
2002 

2001 

2003 

53,544.8 
3,576.0 
57,120.8 

  $ 

  $ 

46,966.7    $ 
3,021.4   
49,988.1    $ 

39,234.2 
2,765.9 
42,000.1 

538.8 
54.9 
593.7 

  $ 

  $ 

542.3    $ 

51.2   

593.5    $ 

557.9 
36.3 
594.2 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

International operations primarily consist of our Canadian pharmaceutical and healthcare products distribution 
business  and  our  investment  in  Nadro  for  our  Pharmaceutical  Solutions  segment.    Our  Information  Solutions 
business has sales offices in the United Kingdom and Europe and a software manufacturing facility in Ireland.   

22.  Quarterly Financial Information (Unaudited) 

(In millions, except per share amounts) 
Fiscal 2003 
Revenues  
Gross profit  
Income (loss) after taxes  
  Continuing operations 
  Discontinued operations 

  Total 

Earnings (loss) per common share  
  Diluted  
  Continuing operations 
  Discontinued operations 

  Total 

  Basic 
  Continuing operations 
  Discontinued operations 

  Total 

Cash dividends per common share  
Market prices per common share 
  High 
  Low 

First 
Quarter  

Second 
Quarter 

Third 
Quarter 

Fourth 
Quarter  

  Year  

$  13,623.2   $  13,690.3    $  14,921.0    $  14,886.3    $  57,120.8
3,102.5

727.6   

739.3   

884.8   

750.8  

117.8  
(0.5) 
117.3   $ 

128.4   
(3.6)  
124.8    $ 

134.3   
- 

134.3    $ 

181.6   
(2.6)  
179.0    $ 

562.1
(6.7)
555.4

0.39   $ 

- 

0.39   $ 

0.41   $ 

- 

0.41   $ 

0.43    $ 
(0.01)  
0.42    $ 

0.44    $ 
(0.01)  
0.43    $ 

0.46    $ 

- 

0.46    $ 

0.46    $ 

- 

0.46    $ 

0.62    $ 
(0.01)  
0.61    $ 

0.63    $ 
(0.01)  
0.62    $ 

0.06   $ 

0.06    $ 

0.06    $ 

0.06    $ 

1.90
(0.02)
1.88

1.94
(0.02)
1.92

0.24

42.09   $ 
32.25  

35.25    $ 
27.23   

31.99    $ 
24.99   

29.78    $ 
22.75   

42.09
22.75

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

89 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(In millions, except per share amounts) 
Fiscal 2002 
Revenues  
Gross profit  
Income (loss) after taxes  
  Continuing operations 
  Discontinued operations 

  Total 

Earnings (loss) per common share  
  Diluted  
  Continuing operations 
  Discontinued operations 

  Total 

  Basic 
  Continuing operations 
  Discontinued operations 

  Total 

Cash dividends per common share  
Market prices per common share 
  High 
  Low 

McKESSON CORPORATION 

FINANCIAL NOTES (Concluded) 

First 
Quarter  

Second 
Quarter 

Third 
Quarter 

Fourth 
Quarter  

  Year  

$  11,650.2   $  12,156.3    $  13,194.8    $  12,986.8    $  49,988.1
2,788.5

661.9   

686.5   

783.2   

656.9  

105.0  
0.4  
105.4   $ 

79.8   
(0.8)  
79.0    $ 

110.1   
(1.3)  
108.8    $ 

126.9   
(1.5)  
125.4    $ 

421.8
(3.2)
418.6

0.36   $ 

0.27    $ 

0.37    $ 

- 

- 

- 

0.36   $ 

0.27    $ 

0.37    $ 

0.37   $ 

0.28    $ 

0.38    $ 

- 

- 

- 

0.37   $ 

0.28    $ 

0.38    $ 

0.43    $ 
(0.01)  
0.42    $ 

0.45    $ 
(0.01)  
0.44    $ 

0.06   $ 

0.06    $ 

0.06    $ 

0.06    $ 

1.44
(0.01)
1.43

1.48
(0.01)
1.47

0.24

37.48   $ 
24.85  

41.50    $ 
33.50   

39.98    $ 
34.44   

39.55    $ 
30.40   

41.50
24.85

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

90 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS 

BOARD OF DIRECTORS 

CORPORATE OFFICERS 

John H. Hammergren   
Chairman, President and 
Chief Executive Officer,  
McKesson Corporation 

Tully M. Friedman  
Chairman and  
Chief Executive Officer,  
Friedman Fleischer & Lowe, LLC  

Alton F. Irby III  
Partner,  
Tricorn Partners LLP  

M. Christine Jacobs  
Chairman, President and  
Chief Executive Officer,  
Theragenics Corporation  

Marie L. Knowles  
Executive Vice President and  
Chief Financial Officer, Retired, 
Atlantic Richfield Company  

Robert W. Matschullat  
Private Equity Investor  

James V. Napier  
Chairman of the Board, Retired,  
Scientific-Atlanta, Inc.  

Carl E. Reichardt  
Vice Chairman,  
Ford Motor Company  

Jane E. Shaw, Ph.D.  
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer,  
Aerogen, Inc.  

Richard F. Syron, Ph.D.  
Executive Chairman,  
Thermo Electron Corporation  

John H. Hammergren 
Chairman, President and  
Chief Executive Officer 

William R. Graber 
Senior Vice President and 
Chief Financial Officer 

Paul C. Julian 
Senior Vice President 
President, McKesson Supply Solutions 

Graham O. King 
Senior Vice President 
President, Information Solutions 

Paul E. Kirincic 
Senior Vice President, Human Resources 

Nicholas A. Loiacono 
Vice President and Treasurer 

Ivan D. Meyerson 
Senior Vice President, General Counsel, 
and Secretary 

Marc E. Owen 
Senior Vice President, Corporate Strategy 
and Business Development 

Nigel A. Rees 
Vice President and Controller 

Cheryl T. Smith 
Senior Vice President, 
Chief Information Officer 

Heidi E. Yodowitz 
Senior Vice President, 
Chief Financial Officer, McKesson 
Supply Solutions 

91 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

CORPORATE INFORMATION 

Common Stock 

McKesson  Corporation  common  stock  is  listed  on  the  New  York  Stock  Exchange  and  the  Pacific  Exchange 

(ticker symbol MCK) and is quoted in the daily stock tables carried by most newspapers. 

Stockholder Information 

EquiServe Trust Company, N.A., P.O. Box 43069, Providence, Rhode Island 02940-3069 acts as transfer agent, 
registrar,  dividend-paying  agent  and  dividend  reinvestment  plan  agent  for  McKesson  Corporation  stock  and 
maintains all registered stockholder records for the Company.  For information about McKesson Corporation stock 
or  to  request  replacement  of  lost  dividend  checks,  stock  certificates,  1099’s,  or  to  have  your  dividend  check 
deposited  directly  into  your  checking  or  savings  account,  stockholders  may  call  EquiServe’s  telephone  response 
center  at  (800)  756-8200,  weekdays  9:00  a.m.  to  5:00  p.m.,  ET.    For  the  hearing  impaired  call  TDD:  (201)  222-
4955.    EquiServe  also  has  a  Web  site:  http://www.equiserve.com  –  that  stockholders  may  use  24  hours  a  day  to 
request account information.  An Interactive Voice Response System is available 24 hours a day, seven days a week 
at (800) 756-8200. 

Dividends and Dividend Reinvestment Plan 

Dividends  are generally  paid  on  the  first  business  day of  January, April,  July  and  October  to  stockholders of 
record  on  the  first  day  of  the  preceding  month.    McKesson  Corporation’s  Dividend  Reinvestment  Plan  offers 
stockholders  the  opportunity  to  reinvest  dividends  in  common  stock  and  to  purchase  additional  common  stock 
without paying brokerage commissions or other service fees, and to have their stock certificates held in safekeeping.  
For more information, or to request an enrollment form, call EquiServe’s telephone response center at (800) 414-
6280. 

Annual Meeting 

McKesson Corporation’s Annual Meeting of Stockholders will be held at 10:00 a.m., PDT, on Wednesday July 

30, 2003, at the Nob Hill Masonic Center, 1111 California Street, San Francisco, California.  

92